| 1 | /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol. |
| 2 | Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 3 | |
| 4 | This file is part of GNU Emacs. |
| 5 | |
| 6 | GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 7 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 8 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
| 9 | any later version. |
| 10 | |
| 11 | GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 12 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 13 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 14 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 15 | |
| 16 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 17 | along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to |
| 18 | the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
| 19 | Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
| 20 | |
| 21 | /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */ |
| 22 | |
| 23 | /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */ |
| 24 | /* On HP-UX 8.0 signal.h loses if it comes after config.h. */ |
| 25 | /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */ |
| 26 | #include <signal.h> |
| 27 | |
| 28 | #include <config.h> |
| 29 | |
| 30 | #include <stdio.h> |
| 31 | |
| 32 | /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required |
| 33 | by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */ |
| 34 | #include "syssignal.h" |
| 35 | |
| 36 | #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
| 37 | |
| 38 | #include "lisp.h" |
| 39 | #include "blockinput.h" |
| 40 | |
| 41 | /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses |
| 42 | if this is not done before the other system files. */ |
| 43 | #include "xterm.h" |
| 44 | #include <X11/cursorfont.h> |
| 45 | |
| 46 | #ifndef USG |
| 47 | /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded. |
| 48 | In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */ |
| 49 | #ifndef makedev |
| 50 | #include <sys/types.h> |
| 51 | #endif /* makedev */ |
| 52 | #endif /* USG */ |
| 53 | |
| 54 | #ifdef BSD |
| 55 | #include <sys/ioctl.h> |
| 56 | #endif /* ! defined (BSD) */ |
| 57 | |
| 58 | #include "systty.h" |
| 59 | #include "systime.h" |
| 60 | |
| 61 | #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL |
| 62 | #include <fcntl.h> |
| 63 | #endif |
| 64 | #include <ctype.h> |
| 65 | #include <errno.h> |
| 66 | #include <setjmp.h> |
| 67 | #include <sys/stat.h> |
| 68 | /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */ |
| 69 | /* #include <sys/param.h> */ |
| 70 | |
| 71 | #include "frame.h" |
| 72 | #include "dispextern.h" |
| 73 | #include "termhooks.h" |
| 74 | #include "termopts.h" |
| 75 | #include "termchar.h" |
| 76 | #if 0 |
| 77 | #include "sink.h" |
| 78 | #include "sinkmask.h" |
| 79 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
| 80 | #include "gnu.h" |
| 81 | #include "disptab.h" |
| 82 | #include "buffer.h" |
| 83 | #include "window.h" |
| 84 | #include "keyboard.h" |
| 85 | #include "intervals.h" |
| 86 | |
| 87 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 88 | #include <X11/Shell.h> |
| 89 | #endif |
| 90 | |
| 91 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 92 | extern void free_frame_menubar (); |
| 93 | extern FRAME_PTR x_menubar_window_to_frame (); |
| 94 | #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES) |
| 95 | #define HACK_EDITRES |
| 96 | extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (); |
| 97 | #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */ |
| 98 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 99 | |
| 100 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 101 | #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame |
| 102 | #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame |
| 103 | #endif |
| 104 | |
| 105 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 106 | #include "widget.h" |
| 107 | #ifndef XtNinitialState |
| 108 | #define XtNinitialState "initialState" |
| 109 | #endif |
| 110 | #endif |
| 111 | |
| 112 | #ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE |
| 113 | /* So we can do setlocale. */ |
| 114 | #include <locale.h> |
| 115 | #endif |
| 116 | |
| 117 | #ifdef SOLARIS2 |
| 118 | /* memmove will be defined as a macro in Xfuncs.h unless |
| 119 | <string.h> is included beforehand. The declaration for memmove in |
| 120 | <string.h> will cause a syntax error when Xfuncs.h later includes it. */ |
| 121 | #include <string.h> |
| 122 | #endif |
| 123 | |
| 124 | #ifndef min |
| 125 | #define min(a,b) ((a)<(b) ? (a) : (b)) |
| 126 | #endif |
| 127 | #ifndef max |
| 128 | #define max(a,b) ((a)>(b) ? (a) : (b)) |
| 129 | #endif |
| 130 | \f |
| 131 | /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in use. */ |
| 132 | struct x_display_info *x_display_list; |
| 133 | |
| 134 | /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE), |
| 135 | one for each element of x_display_list and in the same order. |
| 136 | NAME is the name of the frame. |
| 137 | FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */ |
| 138 | Lisp_Object x_display_name_list; |
| 139 | |
| 140 | /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c. |
| 141 | This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the |
| 142 | XT functions. It is zero while not inside an update. |
| 143 | In that case, the XT functions assume that `selected_frame' |
| 144 | is the frame to apply to. */ |
| 145 | extern struct frame *updating_frame; |
| 146 | |
| 147 | extern waiting_for_input; |
| 148 | |
| 149 | /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within XTread_socket. */ |
| 150 | struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame; |
| 151 | |
| 152 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 153 | /* The application context for Xt use. */ |
| 154 | XtAppContext Xt_app_con; |
| 155 | |
| 156 | static String Xt_default_resources[] = |
| 157 | { |
| 158 | 0 |
| 159 | }; |
| 160 | #endif |
| 161 | |
| 162 | /* During an update, maximum vpos for ins/del line operations to affect. */ |
| 163 | |
| 164 | static int flexlines; |
| 165 | |
| 166 | /* During an update, nonzero if chars output now should be highlighted. */ |
| 167 | |
| 168 | static int highlight; |
| 169 | |
| 170 | /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output. |
| 171 | During an update, these are different from the cursor-box position. */ |
| 172 | |
| 173 | static int curs_x; |
| 174 | static int curs_y; |
| 175 | |
| 176 | /* Mouse movement. |
| 177 | |
| 178 | Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in STANDARD_EVENT_MASK) |
| 179 | so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify |
| 180 | event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking |
| 181 | slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop. |
| 182 | |
| 183 | Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better. |
| 184 | |
| 185 | In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most |
| 186 | of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask |
| 187 | the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only |
| 188 | one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by |
| 189 | other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for |
| 190 | example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we |
| 191 | get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This |
| 192 | is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse |
| 193 | tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking |
| 194 | is off. */ |
| 195 | |
| 196 | /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */ |
| 197 | static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame; |
| 198 | static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph; |
| 199 | |
| 200 | /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred. |
| 201 | |
| 202 | If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this |
| 203 | so XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or |
| 204 | an ordinary motion. |
| 205 | |
| 206 | If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this |
| 207 | to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */ |
| 208 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar; |
| 209 | |
| 210 | /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would |
| 211 | return the time associated with the position it returns, but there |
| 212 | doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the timestamp from the server |
| 213 | along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time |
| 214 | of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that |
| 215 | it's somewhat accurate. */ |
| 216 | static Time last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 217 | |
| 218 | /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read events. */ |
| 219 | #ifdef __STDC__ |
| 220 | static int volatile input_signal_count; |
| 221 | #else |
| 222 | static int input_signal_count; |
| 223 | #endif |
| 224 | |
| 225 | /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */ |
| 226 | static int x_noop_count; |
| 227 | |
| 228 | /* Initial values of argv and argc. */ |
| 229 | extern char **initial_argv; |
| 230 | extern int initial_argc; |
| 231 | |
| 232 | extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name; |
| 233 | |
| 234 | /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */ |
| 235 | |
| 236 | extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager; |
| 237 | |
| 238 | extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face; |
| 239 | |
| 240 | extern int errno; |
| 241 | |
| 242 | /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */ |
| 243 | extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers; |
| 244 | |
| 245 | static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms; |
| 246 | |
| 247 | extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources (); |
| 248 | |
| 249 | extern Lisp_Object x_icon_type (); |
| 250 | |
| 251 | void x_delete_display (); |
| 252 | |
| 253 | static void redraw_previous_char (); |
| 254 | static void redraw_following_char (); |
| 255 | static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (); |
| 256 | |
| 257 | static int fast_find_position (); |
| 258 | static void note_mouse_highlight (); |
| 259 | static void clear_mouse_face (); |
| 260 | static void show_mouse_face (); |
| 261 | static void do_line_dance (); |
| 262 | |
| 263 | static int XTcursor_to (); |
| 264 | static int XTclear_end_of_line (); |
| 265 | static int x_io_error_quitter (); |
| 266 | void x_catch_errors (); |
| 267 | void x_uncatch_errors (); |
| 268 | \f |
| 269 | #if 0 |
| 270 | /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information |
| 271 | about the sequence of occurrences in this file. */ |
| 272 | |
| 273 | struct record |
| 274 | { |
| 275 | char *locus; |
| 276 | int type; |
| 277 | }; |
| 278 | |
| 279 | struct record event_record[100]; |
| 280 | |
| 281 | int event_record_index; |
| 282 | |
| 283 | record_event (locus, type) |
| 284 | char *locus; |
| 285 | int type; |
| 286 | { |
| 287 | if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record)) |
| 288 | event_record_index = 0; |
| 289 | |
| 290 | event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus; |
| 291 | event_record[event_record_index].type = type; |
| 292 | event_record_index++; |
| 293 | } |
| 294 | |
| 295 | #endif /* 0 */ |
| 296 | \f |
| 297 | /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */ |
| 298 | |
| 299 | struct x_display_info * |
| 300 | x_display_info_for_display (dpy) |
| 301 | Display *dpy; |
| 302 | { |
| 303 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 304 | |
| 305 | for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) |
| 306 | if (dpyinfo->display == dpy) |
| 307 | return dpyinfo; |
| 308 | |
| 309 | return 0; |
| 310 | } |
| 311 | \f |
| 312 | /* Starting and ending updates. |
| 313 | |
| 314 | These hooks are called by update_frame at the beginning and end |
| 315 | of a frame update. We record in `updating_frame' the identity |
| 316 | of the frame being updated, so that the XT... functions do not |
| 317 | need to take a frame as argument. Most of the XT... functions |
| 318 | should never be called except during an update, the only exceptions |
| 319 | being XTcursor_to, XTwrite_glyphs and XTreassert_line_highlight. */ |
| 320 | |
| 321 | static |
| 322 | XTupdate_begin (f) |
| 323 | struct frame *f; |
| 324 | { |
| 325 | int mask; |
| 326 | |
| 327 | if (f == 0) |
| 328 | abort (); |
| 329 | |
| 330 | flexlines = f->height; |
| 331 | highlight = 0; |
| 332 | |
| 333 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 334 | |
| 335 | if (f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 336 | { |
| 337 | /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */ |
| 338 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 1; |
| 339 | |
| 340 | /* If the frame needs to be redrawn, |
| 341 | simply forget about any prior mouse highlighting. */ |
| 342 | if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) |
| 343 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 344 | |
| 345 | if (!NILP (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window)) |
| 346 | { |
| 347 | int firstline, lastline, i; |
| 348 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window); |
| 349 | |
| 350 | /* Find the first, and the last+1, lines affected by redisplay. */ |
| 351 | for (firstline = 0; firstline < f->height; firstline++) |
| 352 | if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[firstline]) |
| 353 | break; |
| 354 | |
| 355 | lastline = f->height; |
| 356 | for (i = f->height - 1; i >= 0; i--) |
| 357 | { |
| 358 | if (FRAME_DESIRED_GLYPHS (f)->enable[i]) |
| 359 | break; |
| 360 | else |
| 361 | lastline = i; |
| 362 | } |
| 363 | |
| 364 | /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window |
| 365 | where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off. |
| 366 | Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged; |
| 367 | in that case, the FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS that we would use |
| 368 | are all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */ |
| 369 | if (! (firstline > (XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w)) |
| 370 | || lastline < XFASTINT (w->top))) |
| 371 | clear_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)); |
| 372 | } |
| 373 | } |
| 374 | |
| 375 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 376 | } |
| 377 | |
| 378 | static |
| 379 | XTupdate_end (f) |
| 380 | struct frame *f; |
| 381 | { |
| 382 | int mask; |
| 383 | |
| 384 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 385 | |
| 386 | do_line_dance (); |
| 387 | x_display_cursor (f, 1); |
| 388 | |
| 389 | if (f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 390 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0; |
| 391 | #if 0 |
| 392 | /* This fails in the case of having updated only the echo area |
| 393 | if we have switched buffers. In that case, FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS |
| 394 | has no relation to the current contents, and its charstarts |
| 395 | have no relation to the contents of the window-buffer. |
| 396 | I don't know a clean way to check |
| 397 | for that case. window_end_valid isn't set up yet. */ |
| 398 | if (f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 399 | note_mouse_highlight (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x, |
| 400 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y); |
| 401 | #endif |
| 402 | |
| 403 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 404 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 405 | } |
| 406 | |
| 407 | /* This is called after a redisplay on frame F. */ |
| 408 | |
| 409 | static |
| 410 | XTframe_up_to_date (f) |
| 411 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 412 | { |
| 413 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 414 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc |
| 415 | || f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 416 | { |
| 417 | note_mouse_highlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame, |
| 418 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x, |
| 419 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y); |
| 420 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; |
| 421 | } |
| 422 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 423 | } |
| 424 | \f |
| 425 | /* External interface to control of standout mode. |
| 426 | Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS |
| 427 | and not change whether it is highlighted. */ |
| 428 | |
| 429 | XTreassert_line_highlight (new, vpos) |
| 430 | int new, vpos; |
| 431 | { |
| 432 | highlight = new; |
| 433 | } |
| 434 | |
| 435 | /* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS |
| 436 | and change whether it is highlighted. */ |
| 437 | |
| 438 | static |
| 439 | XTchange_line_highlight (new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos) |
| 440 | int new_highlight, vpos, first_unused_hpos; |
| 441 | { |
| 442 | highlight = new_highlight; |
| 443 | XTcursor_to (vpos, 0); |
| 444 | XTclear_end_of_line (updating_frame->width); |
| 445 | } |
| 446 | |
| 447 | /* This is used when starting Emacs and when restarting after suspend. |
| 448 | When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing must be done |
| 449 | to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that rarely happens). */ |
| 450 | |
| 451 | static |
| 452 | XTset_terminal_modes () |
| 453 | { |
| 454 | } |
| 455 | |
| 456 | /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. |
| 457 | Exiting will make the X-windows go away, and suspending |
| 458 | requires no action. */ |
| 459 | |
| 460 | static |
| 461 | XTreset_terminal_modes () |
| 462 | { |
| 463 | /* XTclear_frame (); */ |
| 464 | } |
| 465 | \f |
| 466 | /* Set the nominal cursor position of the frame. |
| 467 | This is where display update commands will take effect. |
| 468 | This does not affect the place where the cursor-box is displayed. */ |
| 469 | |
| 470 | static int |
| 471 | XTcursor_to (row, col) |
| 472 | register int row, col; |
| 473 | { |
| 474 | int mask; |
| 475 | int orow = row; |
| 476 | |
| 477 | curs_x = col; |
| 478 | curs_y = row; |
| 479 | |
| 480 | if (updating_frame == 0) |
| 481 | { |
| 482 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 483 | x_display_cursor (selected_frame, 1); |
| 484 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (selected_frame)); |
| 485 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 486 | } |
| 487 | } |
| 488 | \f |
| 489 | /* Display a sequence of N glyphs found at GP. |
| 490 | WINDOW is the x-window to output to. LEFT and TOP are starting coords. |
| 491 | HL is 1 if this text is highlighted, 2 if the cursor is on it, |
| 492 | 3 if should appear in its mouse-face. |
| 493 | JUST_FOREGROUND if 1 means draw only the foreground; |
| 494 | don't alter the background. |
| 495 | |
| 496 | FONT is the default font to use (for glyphs whose font-code is 0). |
| 497 | |
| 498 | Since the display generation code is responsible for calling |
| 499 | compute_char_face and compute_glyph_face on everything it puts in |
| 500 | the display structure, we can assume that the face code on each |
| 501 | glyph is a valid index into FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f), and the one |
| 502 | to which we can actually apply intern_face. |
| 503 | Call this function with input blocked. */ |
| 504 | |
| 505 | #if 1 |
| 506 | /* This is the multi-face code. */ |
| 507 | |
| 508 | static void |
| 509 | dumpglyphs (f, left, top, gp, n, hl, just_foreground) |
| 510 | struct frame *f; |
| 511 | int left, top; |
| 512 | register GLYPH *gp; /* Points to first GLYPH. */ |
| 513 | register int n; /* Number of glyphs to display. */ |
| 514 | int hl; |
| 515 | int just_foreground; |
| 516 | { |
| 517 | /* Holds characters to be displayed. */ |
| 518 | char *buf = (char *) alloca (f->width * sizeof (*buf)); |
| 519 | register char *cp; /* Steps through buf[]. */ |
| 520 | register int tlen = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; |
| 521 | register Lisp_Object *tbase = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; |
| 522 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 523 | int orig_left = left; |
| 524 | |
| 525 | while (n > 0) |
| 526 | { |
| 527 | /* Get the face-code of the next GLYPH. */ |
| 528 | int cf, len; |
| 529 | int g = *gp; |
| 530 | |
| 531 | GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g); |
| 532 | cf = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g); |
| 533 | |
| 534 | /* Find the run of consecutive glyphs with the same face-code. |
| 535 | Extract their character codes into BUF. */ |
| 536 | cp = buf; |
| 537 | while (n > 0) |
| 538 | { |
| 539 | g = *gp; |
| 540 | GLYPH_FOLLOW_ALIASES (tbase, tlen, g); |
| 541 | if (FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g) != cf) |
| 542 | break; |
| 543 | |
| 544 | *cp++ = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g); |
| 545 | --n; |
| 546 | ++gp; |
| 547 | } |
| 548 | |
| 549 | /* LEN gets the length of the run. */ |
| 550 | len = cp - buf; |
| 551 | |
| 552 | /* Now output this run of chars, with the font and pixel values |
| 553 | determined by the face code CF. */ |
| 554 | { |
| 555 | struct face *face = FRAME_DEFAULT_FACE (f); |
| 556 | XFontStruct *font = FACE_FONT (face); |
| 557 | GC gc = FACE_GC (face); |
| 558 | int stippled = 0; |
| 559 | |
| 560 | /* HL = 3 means use a mouse face previously chosen. */ |
| 561 | if (hl == 3) |
| 562 | cf = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id; |
| 563 | |
| 564 | /* First look at the face of the text itself. */ |
| 565 | if (cf != 0) |
| 566 | { |
| 567 | /* It's possible for the display table to specify |
| 568 | a face code that is out of range. Use 0 in that case. */ |
| 569 | if (cf < 0 || cf >= FRAME_N_COMPUTED_FACES (f) |
| 570 | || FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf] == 0) |
| 571 | cf = 0; |
| 572 | |
| 573 | if (cf == 1) |
| 574 | face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f); |
| 575 | else |
| 576 | face = intern_face (f, FRAME_COMPUTED_FACES (f) [cf]); |
| 577 | font = FACE_FONT (face); |
| 578 | gc = FACE_GC (face); |
| 579 | if (FACE_STIPPLE (face)) |
| 580 | stippled = 1; |
| 581 | } |
| 582 | |
| 583 | /* Then comes the distinction between modeline and normal text. */ |
| 584 | else if (hl == 0) |
| 585 | ; |
| 586 | else if (hl == 1) |
| 587 | { |
| 588 | face = FRAME_MODE_LINE_FACE (f); |
| 589 | font = FACE_FONT (face); |
| 590 | gc = FACE_GC (face); |
| 591 | if (FACE_STIPPLE (face)) |
| 592 | stippled = 1; |
| 593 | } |
| 594 | |
| 595 | #define FACE_DEFAULT (~0) |
| 596 | |
| 597 | /* Now override that if the cursor's on this character. */ |
| 598 | if (hl == 2) |
| 599 | { |
| 600 | /* The cursor overrides stippling. */ |
| 601 | stippled = 0; |
| 602 | |
| 603 | if ((!face->font |
| 604 | || face->font == (XFontStruct *) FACE_DEFAULT |
| 605 | || face->font == f->output_data.x->font) |
| 606 | && face->background == f->output_data.x->background_pixel |
| 607 | && face->foreground == f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel) |
| 608 | { |
| 609 | gc = f->output_data.x->cursor_gc; |
| 610 | } |
| 611 | /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */ |
| 612 | else |
| 613 | { |
| 614 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 615 | unsigned long mask; |
| 616 | |
| 617 | xgcv.background = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel; |
| 618 | xgcv.foreground = face->background; |
| 619 | /* If the glyph would be invisible, |
| 620 | try a different foreground. */ |
| 621 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 622 | xgcv.foreground = face->foreground; |
| 623 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 624 | xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_foreground_pixel; |
| 625 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 626 | xgcv.foreground = face->foreground; |
| 627 | /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */ |
| 628 | if (xgcv.background == face->background |
| 629 | && xgcv.foreground == face->foreground) |
| 630 | { |
| 631 | xgcv.background = face->foreground; |
| 632 | xgcv.foreground = face->background; |
| 633 | } |
| 634 | xgcv.font = face->font->fid; |
| 635 | xgcv.graphics_exposures = 0; |
| 636 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures; |
| 637 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc) |
| 638 | XChangeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 639 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc, |
| 640 | mask, &xgcv); |
| 641 | else |
| 642 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc |
| 643 | = XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, mask, &xgcv); |
| 644 | gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc; |
| 645 | #if 0 |
| 646 | /* If this code is restored, it must also reset to the default stipple |
| 647 | if necessary. */ |
| 648 | if (face->stipple && face->stipple != FACE_DEFAULT) |
| 649 | XSetStipple (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, face->stipple); |
| 650 | #endif |
| 651 | } |
| 652 | } |
| 653 | |
| 654 | if (font == (XFontStruct *) FACE_DEFAULT) |
| 655 | font = f->output_data.x->font; |
| 656 | |
| 657 | if (just_foreground) |
| 658 | XDrawString (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc, |
| 659 | left, top + FONT_BASE (font), buf, len); |
| 660 | else |
| 661 | { |
| 662 | if (stippled) |
| 663 | { |
| 664 | /* Turn stipple on. */ |
| 665 | XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 666 | |
| 667 | /* Draw stipple on background. */ |
| 668 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc, |
| 669 | left, top, |
| 670 | FONT_WIDTH (font) * len, |
| 671 | FONT_HEIGHT (font)); |
| 672 | |
| 673 | /* Turn stipple off. */ |
| 674 | XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, FillSolid); |
| 675 | |
| 676 | /* Draw the text, solidly, onto the stipple pattern. */ |
| 677 | XDrawString (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc, |
| 678 | left, top + FONT_BASE (font), buf, len); |
| 679 | } |
| 680 | else |
| 681 | XDrawImageString (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, gc, |
| 682 | left, top + FONT_BASE (font), buf, len); |
| 683 | |
| 684 | /* Clear the rest of the line's height. */ |
| 685 | if (f->output_data.x->line_height != FONT_HEIGHT (font)) |
| 686 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, left, |
| 687 | top + FONT_HEIGHT (font), |
| 688 | FONT_WIDTH (font) * len, |
| 689 | /* This is how many pixels of height |
| 690 | we have to clear. */ |
| 691 | f->output_data.x->line_height - FONT_HEIGHT (font), |
| 692 | False); |
| 693 | } |
| 694 | |
| 695 | #if 0 /* Doesn't work, because it uses FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS, |
| 696 | which often is not up to date yet. */ |
| 697 | if (!just_foreground) |
| 698 | { |
| 699 | if (left == orig_left) |
| 700 | redraw_previous_char (f, PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left), |
| 701 | PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top), hl == 1); |
| 702 | if (n == 0) |
| 703 | redraw_following_char (f, PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left + len * FONT_WIDTH (font)), |
| 704 | PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top), hl == 1); |
| 705 | } |
| 706 | #endif |
| 707 | |
| 708 | /* We should probably check for XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION and |
| 709 | XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS properties on the font, but let's |
| 710 | just get the thing working, and come back to that. */ |
| 711 | { |
| 712 | int underline_position = 1; |
| 713 | |
| 714 | if (font->descent <= underline_position) |
| 715 | underline_position = font->descent - 1; |
| 716 | |
| 717 | if (face->underline) |
| 718 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 719 | FACE_GC (face), |
| 720 | left, (top |
| 721 | + FONT_BASE (font) |
| 722 | + underline_position), |
| 723 | len * FONT_WIDTH (font), 1); |
| 724 | } |
| 725 | |
| 726 | left += len * FONT_WIDTH (font); |
| 727 | } |
| 728 | } |
| 729 | } |
| 730 | #endif /* 1 */ |
| 731 | |
| 732 | #if 0 |
| 733 | /* This is the old single-face code. */ |
| 734 | |
| 735 | static void |
| 736 | dumpglyphs (f, left, top, gp, n, hl, font) |
| 737 | struct frame *f; |
| 738 | int left, top; |
| 739 | register GLYPH *gp; /* Points to first GLYPH. */ |
| 740 | register int n; /* Number of glyphs to display. */ |
| 741 | int hl; |
| 742 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 743 | { |
| 744 | register int len; |
| 745 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 746 | GC drawing_gc = (hl == 2 ? f->output_data.x->cursor_gc |
| 747 | : (hl ? f->output_data.x->reverse_gc |
| 748 | : f->output_data.x->normal_gc)); |
| 749 | |
| 750 | if (sizeof (GLYPH) == sizeof (XChar2b)) |
| 751 | XDrawImageString16 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, drawing_gc, |
| 752 | left, top + FONT_BASE (font), (XChar2b *) gp, n); |
| 753 | else if (sizeof (GLYPH) == sizeof (unsigned char)) |
| 754 | XDrawImageString (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, drawing_gc, |
| 755 | left, top + FONT_BASE (font), (char *) gp, n); |
| 756 | else |
| 757 | /* What size of glyph ARE you using? And does X have a function to |
| 758 | draw them? */ |
| 759 | abort (); |
| 760 | } |
| 761 | #endif |
| 762 | \f |
| 763 | /* Output some text at the nominal frame cursor position. |
| 764 | Advance the cursor over the text. |
| 765 | Output LEN glyphs at START. |
| 766 | |
| 767 | `highlight', set up by XTreassert_line_highlight or XTchange_line_highlight, |
| 768 | controls the pixel values used for foreground and background. */ |
| 769 | |
| 770 | static |
| 771 | XTwrite_glyphs (start, len) |
| 772 | register GLYPH *start; |
| 773 | int len; |
| 774 | { |
| 775 | register int temp_length; |
| 776 | int mask; |
| 777 | struct frame *f; |
| 778 | |
| 779 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 780 | |
| 781 | do_line_dance (); |
| 782 | f = updating_frame; |
| 783 | if (f == 0) |
| 784 | { |
| 785 | f = selected_frame; |
| 786 | /* If not within an update, |
| 787 | output at the frame's visible cursor. */ |
| 788 | curs_x = f->cursor_x; |
| 789 | curs_y = f->cursor_y; |
| 790 | } |
| 791 | |
| 792 | dumpglyphs (f, |
| 793 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x), |
| 794 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y), |
| 795 | start, len, highlight, 0); |
| 796 | |
| 797 | /* If we drew on top of the cursor, note that it is turned off. */ |
| 798 | if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y |
| 799 | && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x |
| 800 | && curs_x + len > f->phys_cursor_x) |
| 801 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; |
| 802 | |
| 803 | if (updating_frame == 0) |
| 804 | { |
| 805 | f->cursor_x += len; |
| 806 | x_display_cursor (f, 1); |
| 807 | f->cursor_x -= len; |
| 808 | } |
| 809 | else |
| 810 | curs_x += len; |
| 811 | |
| 812 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 813 | } |
| 814 | \f |
| 815 | /* Clear to the end of the line. |
| 816 | Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position (inclusive) |
| 817 | to column FIRST_UNUSED (exclusive). The idea is that everything |
| 818 | from FIRST_UNUSED onward is already erased. */ |
| 819 | |
| 820 | static |
| 821 | XTclear_end_of_line (first_unused) |
| 822 | register int first_unused; |
| 823 | { |
| 824 | struct frame *f = updating_frame; |
| 825 | int mask; |
| 826 | |
| 827 | if (f == 0) |
| 828 | abort (); |
| 829 | |
| 830 | if (curs_y < 0 || curs_y >= f->height) |
| 831 | return; |
| 832 | if (first_unused <= 0) |
| 833 | return; |
| 834 | |
| 835 | if (first_unused >= f->width) |
| 836 | first_unused = f->width; |
| 837 | |
| 838 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 839 | |
| 840 | do_line_dance (); |
| 841 | |
| 842 | /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */ |
| 843 | if (curs_y == f->phys_cursor_y |
| 844 | && curs_x <= f->phys_cursor_x |
| 845 | && f->phys_cursor_x < first_unused) |
| 846 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; |
| 847 | |
| 848 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 849 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, curs_x), |
| 850 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, curs_y), |
| 851 | FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font) * (first_unused - curs_x), |
| 852 | f->output_data.x->line_height, False); |
| 853 | #if 0 |
| 854 | redraw_previous_char (f, curs_x, curs_y, highlight); |
| 855 | #endif |
| 856 | |
| 857 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 858 | } |
| 859 | |
| 860 | static |
| 861 | XTclear_frame () |
| 862 | { |
| 863 | int mask; |
| 864 | struct frame *f = updating_frame; |
| 865 | |
| 866 | if (f == 0) |
| 867 | f = selected_frame; |
| 868 | |
| 869 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; /* Cursor not visible. */ |
| 870 | curs_x = 0; /* Nominal cursor position is top left. */ |
| 871 | curs_y = 0; |
| 872 | |
| 873 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 874 | |
| 875 | XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
| 876 | |
| 877 | /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed |
| 878 | colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */ |
| 879 | x_scroll_bar_clear (f); |
| 880 | |
| 881 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 882 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 883 | } |
| 884 | \f |
| 885 | #if 0 |
| 886 | /* This currently does not work because FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS doesn't |
| 887 | always contain the right glyphs to use. |
| 888 | |
| 889 | It also needs to be changed to look at the details of the font and |
| 890 | see whether there is really overlap, and do nothing when there is |
| 891 | not. This can use font_char_overlap_left and font_char_overlap_right, |
| 892 | but just how to use them is not clear. */ |
| 893 | |
| 894 | /* Erase the character (if any) at the position just before X, Y in frame F, |
| 895 | then redraw it and the character before it. |
| 896 | This is necessary when we erase starting at X, |
| 897 | in case the character after X overlaps into the one before X. |
| 898 | Call this function with input blocked. */ |
| 899 | |
| 900 | static void |
| 901 | redraw_previous_char (f, x, y, highlight_flag) |
| 902 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 903 | int x, y; |
| 904 | int highlight_flag; |
| 905 | { |
| 906 | /* Erase the character before the new ones, in case |
| 907 | what was here before overlaps it. |
| 908 | Reoutput that character, and the previous character |
| 909 | (in case the previous character overlaps it). */ |
| 910 | if (x > 0) |
| 911 | { |
| 912 | int start_x = x - 2; |
| 913 | if (start_x < 0) |
| 914 | start_x = 0; |
| 915 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 916 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x - 1), |
| 917 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), |
| 918 | FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font), |
| 919 | f->output_data.x->line_height, False); |
| 920 | |
| 921 | dumpglyphs (f, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, start_x), |
| 922 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), |
| 923 | &FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[y][start_x], |
| 924 | x - start_x, highlight_flag, 1); |
| 925 | } |
| 926 | } |
| 927 | |
| 928 | /* Erase the character (if any) at the position X, Y in frame F, |
| 929 | then redraw it and the character after it. |
| 930 | This is necessary when we erase endng at X, |
| 931 | in case the character after X overlaps into the one before X. |
| 932 | Call this function with input blocked. */ |
| 933 | |
| 934 | static void |
| 935 | redraw_following_char (f, x, y, highlight_flag) |
| 936 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 937 | int x, y; |
| 938 | int highlight_flag; |
| 939 | { |
| 940 | int limit = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->used[y]; |
| 941 | /* Erase the character after the new ones, in case |
| 942 | what was here before overlaps it. |
| 943 | Reoutput that character, and the following character |
| 944 | (in case the following character overlaps it). */ |
| 945 | if (x < limit |
| 946 | && FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[y][x] != SPACEGLYPH) |
| 947 | { |
| 948 | int end_x = x + 2; |
| 949 | if (end_x > limit) |
| 950 | end_x = limit; |
| 951 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 952 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x), |
| 953 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), |
| 954 | FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font), |
| 955 | f->output_data.x->line_height, False); |
| 956 | |
| 957 | dumpglyphs (f, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x), |
| 958 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), |
| 959 | &FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[y][x], |
| 960 | end_x - x, highlight_flag, 1); |
| 961 | } |
| 962 | } |
| 963 | #endif /* 0 */ |
| 964 | \f |
| 965 | #if 0 /* Not in use yet */ |
| 966 | |
| 967 | /* Return 1 if character C in font F extends past its left edge. */ |
| 968 | |
| 969 | static int |
| 970 | font_char_overlap_left (font, c) |
| 971 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 972 | int c; |
| 973 | { |
| 974 | XCharStruct *s; |
| 975 | |
| 976 | /* Find the bounding-box info for C. */ |
| 977 | if (font->per_char == 0) |
| 978 | s = &font->max_bounds; |
| 979 | else |
| 980 | { |
| 981 | int rowlen = font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1; |
| 982 | int row, within; |
| 983 | |
| 984 | /* Decode char into row number (byte 1) and code within row (byte 2). */ |
| 985 | row = c >> 8; |
| 986 | within = c & 0177; |
| 987 | if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2 |
| 988 | && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2 |
| 989 | && row >= font->min_byte1 |
| 990 | && row <= font->max_byte1)) |
| 991 | { |
| 992 | /* If char is out of range, try the font's default char instead. */ |
| 993 | c = font->default_char; |
| 994 | row = c >> (BITS_PER_INT - 8); |
| 995 | within = c & 0177; |
| 996 | } |
| 997 | if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2 |
| 998 | && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2 |
| 999 | && row >= font->min_byte1 |
| 1000 | && row <= font->max_byte1)) |
| 1001 | /* Still out of range means this char does not overlap. */ |
| 1002 | return 0; |
| 1003 | else |
| 1004 | /* We found the info for this char. */ |
| 1005 | s = (font->per_char + (within - font->min_char_or_byte2) |
| 1006 | + row * rowlen); |
| 1007 | } |
| 1008 | |
| 1009 | return (s && s->lbearing < 0); |
| 1010 | } |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 | /* Return 1 if character C in font F extends past its right edge. */ |
| 1013 | |
| 1014 | static int |
| 1015 | font_char_overlap_right (font, c) |
| 1016 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 1017 | int c; |
| 1018 | { |
| 1019 | XCharStruct *s; |
| 1020 | |
| 1021 | /* Find the bounding-box info for C. */ |
| 1022 | if (font->per_char == 0) |
| 1023 | s = &font->max_bounds; |
| 1024 | else |
| 1025 | { |
| 1026 | int rowlen = font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1; |
| 1027 | int row, within; |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 | /* Decode char into row number (byte 1) and code within row (byte 2). */ |
| 1030 | row = c >> 8; |
| 1031 | within = c & 0177; |
| 1032 | if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2 |
| 1033 | && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2 |
| 1034 | && row >= font->min_byte1 |
| 1035 | && row <= font->max_byte1)) |
| 1036 | { |
| 1037 | /* If char is out of range, try the font's default char instead. */ |
| 1038 | c = font->default_char; |
| 1039 | row = c >> (BITS_PER_INT - 8); |
| 1040 | within = c & 0177; |
| 1041 | } |
| 1042 | if (!(within >= font->min_char_or_byte2 |
| 1043 | && within <= font->max_char_or_byte2 |
| 1044 | && row >= font->min_byte1 |
| 1045 | && row <= font->max_byte1)) |
| 1046 | /* Still out of range means this char does not overlap. */ |
| 1047 | return 0; |
| 1048 | else |
| 1049 | /* We found the info for this char. */ |
| 1050 | s = (font->per_char + (within - font->min_char_or_byte2) |
| 1051 | + row * rowlen); |
| 1052 | } |
| 1053 | |
| 1054 | return (s && s->rbearing >= s->width); |
| 1055 | } |
| 1056 | #endif /* 0 */ |
| 1057 | \f |
| 1058 | /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */ |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 | /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make sure |
| 1061 | it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */ |
| 1062 | #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) |
| 1063 | |
| 1064 | /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, |
| 1065 | storing the result in RESULT. |
| 1066 | Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */ |
| 1067 | |
| 1068 | static int |
| 1069 | timeval_subtract (result, x, y) |
| 1070 | struct timeval *result, x, y; |
| 1071 | { |
| 1072 | /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. |
| 1073 | This is safer because on some systems |
| 1074 | the tv_sec member is unsigned. */ |
| 1075 | if (x.tv_usec < y.tv_usec) |
| 1076 | { |
| 1077 | int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000 + 1; |
| 1078 | y.tv_usec -= 1000000 * nsec; |
| 1079 | y.tv_sec += nsec; |
| 1080 | } |
| 1081 | if (x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec > 1000000) |
| 1082 | { |
| 1083 | int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000; |
| 1084 | y.tv_usec += 1000000 * nsec; |
| 1085 | y.tv_sec -= nsec; |
| 1086 | } |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly positive. */ |
| 1089 | result->tv_sec = x.tv_sec - y.tv_sec; |
| 1090 | result->tv_usec = x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec; |
| 1091 | |
| 1092 | /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered negative. */ |
| 1093 | return x.tv_sec < y.tv_sec; |
| 1094 | } |
| 1095 | |
| 1096 | XTflash (f) |
| 1097 | struct frame *f; |
| 1098 | { |
| 1099 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 | { |
| 1102 | GC gc; |
| 1103 | |
| 1104 | /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground pixels |
| 1105 | into background pixels. */ |
| 1106 | { |
| 1107 | XGCValues values; |
| 1108 | |
| 1109 | values.function = GXxor; |
| 1110 | values.foreground = (f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel |
| 1111 | ^ f->output_data.x->background_pixel); |
| 1112 | |
| 1113 | gc = XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 1114 | GCFunction | GCForeground, &values); |
| 1115 | } |
| 1116 | |
| 1117 | { |
| 1118 | int width = PIXEL_WIDTH (f); |
| 1119 | int height = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 1122 | width/4, height/4, width/2, height/2); |
| 1123 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 1124 | |
| 1125 | { |
| 1126 | struct timeval wakeup, now; |
| 1127 | |
| 1128 | EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup); |
| 1129 | |
| 1130 | /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */ |
| 1131 | wakeup.tv_usec += 150000; |
| 1132 | wakeup.tv_sec += (wakeup.tv_usec / 1000000); |
| 1133 | wakeup.tv_usec %= 1000000; |
| 1134 | |
| 1135 | /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup. */ |
| 1136 | while (1) |
| 1137 | { |
| 1138 | struct timeval timeout; |
| 1139 | |
| 1140 | EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout); |
| 1141 | |
| 1142 | /* In effect, timeout = wakeup - timeout. |
| 1143 | Break if result would be negative. */ |
| 1144 | if (timeval_subtract (&timeout, wakeup, timeout)) |
| 1145 | break; |
| 1146 | |
| 1147 | /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */ |
| 1148 | select (0, NULL, NULL, NULL, &timeout); |
| 1149 | } |
| 1150 | } |
| 1151 | |
| 1152 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 1153 | width/4, height/4, width/2, height/2); |
| 1154 | XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc); |
| 1155 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 1156 | } |
| 1157 | } |
| 1158 | |
| 1159 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1160 | } |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 | #endif |
| 1163 | |
| 1164 | |
| 1165 | /* Make audible bell. */ |
| 1166 | |
| 1167 | #define XRINGBELL XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (selected_frame), 0) |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 | XTring_bell () |
| 1170 | { |
| 1171 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (selected_frame) == 0) |
| 1172 | return; |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 | #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) |
| 1175 | if (visible_bell) |
| 1176 | XTflash (selected_frame); |
| 1177 | else |
| 1178 | #endif |
| 1179 | { |
| 1180 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1181 | XRINGBELL; |
| 1182 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (selected_frame)); |
| 1183 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1184 | } |
| 1185 | } |
| 1186 | \f |
| 1187 | /* Insert and delete character. |
| 1188 | These are not supposed to be used because we are supposed to turn |
| 1189 | off the feature of using them. */ |
| 1190 | |
| 1191 | static |
| 1192 | XTinsert_glyphs (start, len) |
| 1193 | register char *start; |
| 1194 | register int len; |
| 1195 | { |
| 1196 | abort (); |
| 1197 | } |
| 1198 | |
| 1199 | static |
| 1200 | XTdelete_glyphs (n) |
| 1201 | register int n; |
| 1202 | { |
| 1203 | abort (); |
| 1204 | } |
| 1205 | \f |
| 1206 | /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window, |
| 1207 | should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations. |
| 1208 | This, and those operations, are used only within an update |
| 1209 | that is bounded by calls to XTupdate_begin and XTupdate_end. */ |
| 1210 | |
| 1211 | static |
| 1212 | XTset_terminal_window (n) |
| 1213 | register int n; |
| 1214 | { |
| 1215 | if (updating_frame == 0) |
| 1216 | abort (); |
| 1217 | |
| 1218 | if ((n <= 0) || (n > updating_frame->height)) |
| 1219 | flexlines = updating_frame->height; |
| 1220 | else |
| 1221 | flexlines = n; |
| 1222 | } |
| 1223 | \f |
| 1224 | /* These variables need not be per frame |
| 1225 | because redisplay is done on a frame-by-frame basis |
| 1226 | and the line dance for one frame is finished before |
| 1227 | anything is done for anoter frame. */ |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 | /* Array of line numbers from cached insert/delete operations. |
| 1230 | line_dance[i] is the old position of the line that we want |
| 1231 | to move to line i, or -1 if we want a blank line there. */ |
| 1232 | static int *line_dance; |
| 1233 | |
| 1234 | /* Allocated length of that array. */ |
| 1235 | static int line_dance_len; |
| 1236 | |
| 1237 | /* Flag indicating whether we've done any work. */ |
| 1238 | static int line_dance_in_progress; |
| 1239 | |
| 1240 | /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, |
| 1241 | inserting N lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */ |
| 1242 | XTins_del_lines (vpos, n) |
| 1243 | int vpos, n; |
| 1244 | { |
| 1245 | register int fence, i; |
| 1246 | |
| 1247 | if (vpos >= flexlines) |
| 1248 | return; |
| 1249 | |
| 1250 | if (!line_dance_in_progress) |
| 1251 | { |
| 1252 | int ht = updating_frame->height; |
| 1253 | if (ht > line_dance_len) |
| 1254 | { |
| 1255 | line_dance = (int *)xrealloc (line_dance, ht * sizeof (int)); |
| 1256 | line_dance_len = ht; |
| 1257 | } |
| 1258 | for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i) line_dance[i] = i; |
| 1259 | line_dance_in_progress = 1; |
| 1260 | } |
| 1261 | if (n >= 0) |
| 1262 | { |
| 1263 | if (n > flexlines - vpos) |
| 1264 | n = flexlines - vpos; |
| 1265 | fence = vpos + n; |
| 1266 | for (i = flexlines; --i >= fence;) |
| 1267 | line_dance[i] = line_dance[i-n]; |
| 1268 | for (i = fence; --i >= vpos;) |
| 1269 | line_dance[i] = -1; |
| 1270 | } |
| 1271 | else |
| 1272 | { |
| 1273 | n = -n; |
| 1274 | if (n > flexlines - vpos) |
| 1275 | n = flexlines - vpos; |
| 1276 | fence = flexlines - n; |
| 1277 | for (i = vpos; i < fence; ++i) |
| 1278 | line_dance[i] = line_dance[i + n]; |
| 1279 | for (i = fence; i < flexlines; ++i) |
| 1280 | line_dance[i] = -1; |
| 1281 | } |
| 1282 | } |
| 1283 | |
| 1284 | /* Here's where we actually move the pixels around. |
| 1285 | Must be called with input blocked. */ |
| 1286 | static void |
| 1287 | do_line_dance () |
| 1288 | { |
| 1289 | register int i, j, distance; |
| 1290 | register struct frame *f; |
| 1291 | int ht; |
| 1292 | int intborder; |
| 1293 | |
| 1294 | /* Must check this flag first. If it's not set, then not only is the |
| 1295 | array uninitialized, but we might not even have a frame. */ |
| 1296 | if (!line_dance_in_progress) |
| 1297 | return; |
| 1298 | |
| 1299 | f = updating_frame; |
| 1300 | if (f == 0) |
| 1301 | abort (); |
| 1302 | |
| 1303 | ht = f->height; |
| 1304 | intborder = f->output_data.x->internal_border_width; |
| 1305 | |
| 1306 | x_display_cursor (updating_frame, 0); |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 | for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i) |
| 1309 | if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) > 0) |
| 1310 | { |
| 1311 | for (j = i; (j < ht && line_dance[j] != -1 |
| 1312 | && line_dance[j]-j == distance); ++j); |
| 1313 | /* Copy [i,j) upward from [i+distance,j+distance) */ |
| 1314 | XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 1315 | FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->output_data.x->normal_gc, |
| 1316 | intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i+distance), |
| 1317 | f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font), |
| 1318 | (j-i) * f->output_data.x->line_height, |
| 1319 | intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i)); |
| 1320 | i = j-1; |
| 1321 | } |
| 1322 | |
| 1323 | for (i = ht; --i >=0; ) |
| 1324 | if (line_dance[i] != -1 && (distance = line_dance[i]-i) < 0) |
| 1325 | { |
| 1326 | for (j = i; (--j >= 0 && line_dance[j] != -1 |
| 1327 | && line_dance[j]-j == distance);); |
| 1328 | /* Copy (j,i] downward from (j+distance, i+distance] */ |
| 1329 | XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 1330 | FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), f->output_data.x->normal_gc, |
| 1331 | intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1+distance), |
| 1332 | f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font), |
| 1333 | (i-j) * f->output_data.x->line_height, |
| 1334 | intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, j+1)); |
| 1335 | i = j+1; |
| 1336 | } |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 | for (i = 0; i < ht; ++i) |
| 1339 | if (line_dance[i] == -1) |
| 1340 | { |
| 1341 | for (j = i; j < ht && line_dance[j] == -1; ++j); |
| 1342 | /* Clear [i,j) */ |
| 1343 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 1344 | intborder, CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i), |
| 1345 | f->width * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font), |
| 1346 | (j-i) * f->output_data.x->line_height, False); |
| 1347 | i = j-1; |
| 1348 | } |
| 1349 | line_dance_in_progress = 0; |
| 1350 | } |
| 1351 | \f |
| 1352 | /* Support routines for exposure events. */ |
| 1353 | static void clear_cursor (); |
| 1354 | |
| 1355 | /* Output into a rectangle of an X-window (for frame F) |
| 1356 | the characters in f->phys_lines that overlap that rectangle. |
| 1357 | TOP and LEFT are the position of the upper left corner of the rectangle. |
| 1358 | ROWS and COLS are the size of the rectangle. |
| 1359 | Call this function with input blocked. */ |
| 1360 | |
| 1361 | static void |
| 1362 | dumprectangle (f, left, top, cols, rows) |
| 1363 | struct frame *f; |
| 1364 | register int left, top, cols, rows; |
| 1365 | { |
| 1366 | register struct frame_glyphs *active_frame = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f); |
| 1367 | int cursor_cleared = 0; |
| 1368 | int bottom, right; |
| 1369 | register int y; |
| 1370 | |
| 1371 | if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) |
| 1372 | return; |
| 1373 | |
| 1374 | /* Express rectangle as four edges, instead of position-and-size. */ |
| 1375 | bottom = top + rows; |
| 1376 | right = left + cols; |
| 1377 | |
| 1378 | /* Convert rectangle edges in pixels to edges in chars. |
| 1379 | Round down for left and top, up for right and bottom. */ |
| 1380 | top = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, top); |
| 1381 | left = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, left); |
| 1382 | bottom += (f->output_data.x->line_height - 1); |
| 1383 | right += (FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font) - 1); |
| 1384 | bottom = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, bottom); |
| 1385 | right = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, right); |
| 1386 | |
| 1387 | /* Clip the rectangle to what can be visible. */ |
| 1388 | if (left < 0) |
| 1389 | left = 0; |
| 1390 | if (top < 0) |
| 1391 | top = 0; |
| 1392 | if (right > f->width) |
| 1393 | right = f->width; |
| 1394 | if (bottom > f->height) |
| 1395 | bottom = f->height; |
| 1396 | |
| 1397 | /* Get size in chars of the rectangle. */ |
| 1398 | cols = right - left; |
| 1399 | rows = bottom - top; |
| 1400 | |
| 1401 | /* If rectangle has zero area, return. */ |
| 1402 | if (rows <= 0) return; |
| 1403 | if (cols <= 0) return; |
| 1404 | |
| 1405 | /* Turn off the cursor if it is in the rectangle. |
| 1406 | We will turn it back on afterward. */ |
| 1407 | if ((f->phys_cursor_x >= left) && (f->phys_cursor_x < right) |
| 1408 | && (f->phys_cursor_y >= top) && (f->phys_cursor_y < bottom)) |
| 1409 | { |
| 1410 | clear_cursor (f); |
| 1411 | cursor_cleared = 1; |
| 1412 | } |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 | /* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time. */ |
| 1415 | |
| 1416 | for (y = top; y < bottom; y++) |
| 1417 | { |
| 1418 | GLYPH *line = &active_frame->glyphs[y][left]; |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 | if (! active_frame->enable[y] || left > active_frame->used[y]) |
| 1421 | continue; |
| 1422 | |
| 1423 | dumpglyphs (f, |
| 1424 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left), |
| 1425 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), |
| 1426 | line, min (cols, active_frame->used[y] - left), |
| 1427 | active_frame->highlight[y], 0); |
| 1428 | } |
| 1429 | |
| 1430 | /* Turn the cursor on if we turned it off. */ |
| 1431 | |
| 1432 | if (cursor_cleared) |
| 1433 | x_display_cursor (f, 1); |
| 1434 | } |
| 1435 | \f |
| 1436 | static void |
| 1437 | frame_highlight (f) |
| 1438 | struct frame *f; |
| 1439 | { |
| 1440 | /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but |
| 1441 | the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap |
| 1442 | and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the |
| 1443 | client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */ |
| 1444 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1445 | XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 1446 | f->output_data.x->border_pixel); |
| 1447 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1448 | x_update_cursor (f, 1); |
| 1449 | } |
| 1450 | |
| 1451 | static void |
| 1452 | frame_unhighlight (f) |
| 1453 | struct frame *f; |
| 1454 | { |
| 1455 | /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but |
| 1456 | the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap |
| 1457 | and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the |
| 1458 | client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */ |
| 1459 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1460 | XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 1461 | f->output_data.x->border_tile); |
| 1462 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1463 | x_update_cursor (f, 1); |
| 1464 | } |
| 1465 | |
| 1466 | static void XTframe_rehighlight (); |
| 1467 | static void x_frame_rehighlight (); |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 | /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect |
| 1470 | the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame |
| 1471 | here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused. |
| 1472 | Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the |
| 1473 | Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */ |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 | static void |
| 1476 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame) |
| 1477 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 1478 | struct frame *frame; |
| 1479 | { |
| 1480 | struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; |
| 1481 | int events_enqueued = 0; |
| 1482 | |
| 1483 | if (frame != dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 1484 | { |
| 1485 | /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see |
| 1486 | the correct value of x_focus_frame. */ |
| 1487 | dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = frame; |
| 1488 | |
| 1489 | if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower) |
| 1490 | x_lower_frame (old_focus); |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 | #if 0 |
| 1493 | selected_frame = frame; |
| 1494 | XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame->selected_window)->frame, |
| 1495 | selected_frame); |
| 1496 | Fselect_window (selected_frame->selected_window); |
| 1497 | choose_minibuf_frame (); |
| 1498 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 | if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame && dpyinfo->x_focus_frame->auto_raise) |
| 1501 | pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; |
| 1502 | else |
| 1503 | pending_autoraise_frame = 0; |
| 1504 | } |
| 1505 | |
| 1506 | x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo); |
| 1507 | } |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 | /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */ |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 | void |
| 1512 | x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo) |
| 1513 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 1514 | { |
| 1515 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame); |
| 1516 | } |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 | /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to |
| 1519 | another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate |
| 1520 | minibuffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate. |
| 1521 | |
| 1522 | The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which |
| 1523 | frame is being highlighted or unhighlighted; we only use it to find |
| 1524 | the appropriate X display info. */ |
| 1525 | static void |
| 1526 | XTframe_rehighlight (frame) |
| 1527 | struct frame *frame; |
| 1528 | { |
| 1529 | x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame)); |
| 1530 | } |
| 1531 | |
| 1532 | static void |
| 1533 | x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo) |
| 1534 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 1535 | { |
| 1536 | struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame; |
| 1537 | |
| 1538 | if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 1539 | { |
| 1540 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame |
| 1541 | = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame))) |
| 1542 | ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)) |
| 1543 | : dpyinfo->x_focus_frame); |
| 1544 | if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)) |
| 1545 | { |
| 1546 | FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) = Qnil; |
| 1547 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; |
| 1548 | } |
| 1549 | } |
| 1550 | else |
| 1551 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 | if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame != old_highlight) |
| 1554 | { |
| 1555 | if (old_highlight) |
| 1556 | frame_unhighlight (old_highlight); |
| 1557 | if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame) |
| 1558 | frame_highlight (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame); |
| 1559 | } |
| 1560 | } |
| 1561 | \f |
| 1562 | /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */ |
| 1563 | |
| 1564 | /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */ |
| 1565 | static void |
| 1566 | x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo) |
| 1567 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 1568 | { |
| 1569 | int min_code, max_code; |
| 1570 | KeySym *syms; |
| 1571 | int syms_per_code; |
| 1572 | XModifierKeymap *mods; |
| 1573 | |
| 1574 | dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = 0; |
| 1575 | dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask = 0; |
| 1576 | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0; |
| 1577 | dpyinfo->super_mod_mask = 0; |
| 1578 | dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask = 0; |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 1581 | XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo->display, &min_code, &max_code); |
| 1582 | #else |
| 1583 | min_code = dpyinfo->display->min_keycode; |
| 1584 | max_code = dpyinfo->display->max_keycode; |
| 1585 | #endif |
| 1586 | |
| 1587 | syms = XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo->display, |
| 1588 | min_code, max_code - min_code + 1, |
| 1589 | &syms_per_code); |
| 1590 | mods = XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo->display); |
| 1591 | |
| 1592 | /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and |
| 1593 | Alt keysyms are on. */ |
| 1594 | { |
| 1595 | int row, col; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */ |
| 1596 | |
| 1597 | for (row = 3; row < 8; row++) |
| 1598 | for (col = 0; col < mods->max_keypermod; col++) |
| 1599 | { |
| 1600 | KeyCode code |
| 1601 | = mods->modifiermap[(row * mods->max_keypermod) + col]; |
| 1602 | |
| 1603 | /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */ |
| 1604 | if (code == 0) |
| 1605 | continue; |
| 1606 | |
| 1607 | /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */ |
| 1608 | { |
| 1609 | int code_col; |
| 1610 | |
| 1611 | for (code_col = 0; code_col < syms_per_code; code_col++) |
| 1612 | { |
| 1613 | int sym = syms[((code - min_code) * syms_per_code) + code_col]; |
| 1614 | |
| 1615 | switch (sym) |
| 1616 | { |
| 1617 | case XK_Meta_L: |
| 1618 | case XK_Meta_R: |
| 1619 | dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
| 1620 | break; |
| 1621 | |
| 1622 | case XK_Alt_L: |
| 1623 | case XK_Alt_R: |
| 1624 | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
| 1625 | break; |
| 1626 | |
| 1627 | case XK_Hyper_L: |
| 1628 | case XK_Hyper_R: |
| 1629 | dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
| 1630 | break; |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 | case XK_Super_L: |
| 1633 | case XK_Super_R: |
| 1634 | dpyinfo->super_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
| 1635 | break; |
| 1636 | |
| 1637 | case XK_Shift_Lock: |
| 1638 | /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */ |
| 1639 | if ((1 << row) == LockMask) |
| 1640 | dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask = LockMask; |
| 1641 | break; |
| 1642 | } |
| 1643 | } |
| 1644 | } |
| 1645 | } |
| 1646 | } |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 | /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */ |
| 1649 | if (! dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) |
| 1650 | { |
| 1651 | dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask; |
| 1652 | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0; |
| 1653 | } |
| 1654 | |
| 1655 | /* If some keys are both alt and meta, |
| 1656 | make them just meta, not alt. */ |
| 1657 | if (dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) |
| 1658 | { |
| 1659 | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask &= ~dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask; |
| 1660 | } |
| 1661 | |
| 1662 | XFree ((char *) syms); |
| 1663 | XFreeModifiermap (mods); |
| 1664 | } |
| 1665 | |
| 1666 | /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits |
| 1667 | Emacs uses. */ |
| 1668 | static unsigned int |
| 1669 | x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo, state) |
| 1670 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 1671 | unsigned int state; |
| 1672 | { |
| 1673 | return ( ((state & (ShiftMask | dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask)) ? shift_modifier : 0) |
| 1674 | | ((state & ControlMask) ? ctrl_modifier : 0) |
| 1675 | | ((state & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) ? meta_modifier : 0) |
| 1676 | | ((state & dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask) ? alt_modifier : 0) |
| 1677 | | ((state & dpyinfo->super_mod_mask) ? super_modifier : 0) |
| 1678 | | ((state & dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask) ? hyper_modifier : 0)); |
| 1679 | } |
| 1680 | |
| 1681 | static unsigned int |
| 1682 | x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo, state) |
| 1683 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 1684 | unsigned int state; |
| 1685 | { |
| 1686 | return ( ((state & alt_modifier) ? dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask : 0) |
| 1687 | | ((state & super_modifier) ? dpyinfo->super_mod_mask : 0) |
| 1688 | | ((state & hyper_modifier) ? dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask : 0) |
| 1689 | | ((state & shift_modifier) ? ShiftMask : 0) |
| 1690 | | ((state & ctrl_modifier) ? ControlMask : 0) |
| 1691 | | ((state & meta_modifier) ? dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask : 0)); |
| 1692 | } |
| 1693 | |
| 1694 | /* Convert a keysym to its name. */ |
| 1695 | |
| 1696 | char * |
| 1697 | x_get_keysym_name (keysym) |
| 1698 | KeySym keysym; |
| 1699 | { |
| 1700 | char *value; |
| 1701 | |
| 1702 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1703 | value = XKeysymToString (keysym); |
| 1704 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1705 | |
| 1706 | return value; |
| 1707 | } |
| 1708 | \f |
| 1709 | /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */ |
| 1710 | |
| 1711 | /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on the frame F, return |
| 1712 | glyph co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle |
| 1713 | that the glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. |
| 1714 | If NOCLIP is nonzero, do not force the value into range. */ |
| 1715 | |
| 1716 | void |
| 1717 | pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip) |
| 1718 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 1719 | register int pix_x, pix_y; |
| 1720 | register int *x, *y; |
| 1721 | XRectangle *bounds; |
| 1722 | int noclip; |
| 1723 | { |
| 1724 | /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down |
| 1725 | even for negative values. */ |
| 1726 | if (pix_x < 0) |
| 1727 | pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH ((f)->output_data.x->font) - 1; |
| 1728 | if (pix_y < 0) |
| 1729 | pix_y -= (f)->output_data.x->line_height - 1; |
| 1730 | |
| 1731 | pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x); |
| 1732 | pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y); |
| 1733 | |
| 1734 | if (bounds) |
| 1735 | { |
| 1736 | bounds->width = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font); |
| 1737 | bounds->height = f->output_data.x->line_height; |
| 1738 | bounds->x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x); |
| 1739 | bounds->y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y); |
| 1740 | } |
| 1741 | |
| 1742 | if (!noclip) |
| 1743 | { |
| 1744 | if (pix_x < 0) |
| 1745 | pix_x = 0; |
| 1746 | else if (pix_x > f->width) |
| 1747 | pix_x = f->width; |
| 1748 | |
| 1749 | if (pix_y < 0) |
| 1750 | pix_y = 0; |
| 1751 | else if (pix_y > f->height) |
| 1752 | pix_y = f->height; |
| 1753 | } |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 | *x = pix_x; |
| 1756 | *y = pix_y; |
| 1757 | } |
| 1758 | |
| 1759 | void |
| 1760 | glyph_to_pixel_coords (f, x, y, pix_x, pix_y) |
| 1761 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 1762 | register int x, y; |
| 1763 | register int *pix_x, *pix_y; |
| 1764 | { |
| 1765 | *pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x); |
| 1766 | *pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y); |
| 1767 | } |
| 1768 | |
| 1769 | /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. |
| 1770 | |
| 1771 | If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed |
| 1772 | the mouse. */ |
| 1773 | |
| 1774 | static Lisp_Object |
| 1775 | construct_mouse_click (result, event, f) |
| 1776 | struct input_event *result; |
| 1777 | XButtonEvent *event; |
| 1778 | struct frame *f; |
| 1779 | { |
| 1780 | /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide |
| 1781 | otherwise. */ |
| 1782 | result->kind = mouse_click; |
| 1783 | result->code = event->button - Button1; |
| 1784 | result->timestamp = event->time; |
| 1785 | result->modifiers = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), |
| 1786 | event->state) |
| 1787 | | (event->type == ButtonRelease |
| 1788 | ? up_modifier |
| 1789 | : down_modifier)); |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 | { |
| 1792 | int row, column; |
| 1793 | |
| 1794 | #if 0 |
| 1795 | pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, event->x, event->y, &column, &row, NULL, 0); |
| 1796 | XSETFASTINT (result->x, column); |
| 1797 | XSETFASTINT (result->y, row); |
| 1798 | #endif |
| 1799 | XSETINT (result->x, event->x); |
| 1800 | XSETINT (result->y, event->y); |
| 1801 | XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); |
| 1802 | } |
| 1803 | } |
| 1804 | |
| 1805 | /* Prepare a menu-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. */ |
| 1806 | |
| 1807 | static Lisp_Object |
| 1808 | construct_menu_click (result, event, f) |
| 1809 | struct input_event *result; |
| 1810 | XButtonEvent *event; |
| 1811 | struct frame *f; |
| 1812 | { |
| 1813 | /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide |
| 1814 | otherwise. */ |
| 1815 | result->kind = mouse_click; |
| 1816 | XSETINT (result->code, event->button - Button1); |
| 1817 | result->timestamp = event->time; |
| 1818 | result->modifiers = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), |
| 1819 | event->state) |
| 1820 | | (event->type == ButtonRelease |
| 1821 | ? up_modifier |
| 1822 | : down_modifier)); |
| 1823 | |
| 1824 | XSETINT (result->x, event->x); |
| 1825 | XSETINT (result->y, -1); |
| 1826 | XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); |
| 1827 | } |
| 1828 | \f |
| 1829 | /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code. |
| 1830 | The input handler calls this. |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 | We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event. |
| 1833 | If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell |
| 1834 | the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for |
| 1835 | another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */ |
| 1836 | |
| 1837 | static void |
| 1838 | note_mouse_movement (frame, event) |
| 1839 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
| 1840 | XMotionEvent *event; |
| 1841 | { |
| 1842 | last_mouse_movement_time = event->time; |
| 1843 | |
| 1844 | if (event->window != FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame)) |
| 1845 | { |
| 1846 | frame->mouse_moved = 1; |
| 1847 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 | note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1); |
| 1850 | } |
| 1851 | |
| 1852 | /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */ |
| 1853 | else if (event->x < last_mouse_glyph.x |
| 1854 | || event->x >= last_mouse_glyph.x + last_mouse_glyph.width |
| 1855 | || event->y < last_mouse_glyph.y |
| 1856 | || event->y >= last_mouse_glyph.y + last_mouse_glyph.height) |
| 1857 | { |
| 1858 | frame->mouse_moved = 1; |
| 1859 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 | note_mouse_highlight (frame, event->x, event->y); |
| 1862 | } |
| 1863 | } |
| 1864 | |
| 1865 | /* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */ |
| 1866 | static int disable_mouse_highlight; |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 | /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on frame F |
| 1869 | as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face properties. |
| 1870 | Also dehighlighting chars where the mouse was before. |
| 1871 | X and Y can be negative or out of range. */ |
| 1872 | |
| 1873 | static void |
| 1874 | note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y) |
| 1875 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 1876 | int x, y; |
| 1877 | { |
| 1878 | int row, column, portion; |
| 1879 | XRectangle new_glyph; |
| 1880 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 1881 | struct window *w; |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 | if (disable_mouse_highlight) |
| 1884 | return; |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_x = x; |
| 1887 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_y = y; |
| 1888 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f; |
| 1889 | |
| 1890 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer) |
| 1891 | return; |
| 1892 | |
| 1893 | if (gc_in_progress) |
| 1894 | { |
| 1895 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1; |
| 1896 | return; |
| 1897 | } |
| 1898 | |
| 1899 | /* Find out which glyph the mouse is on. */ |
| 1900 | pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, x, y, &column, &row, |
| 1901 | &new_glyph, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->grabbed); |
| 1902 | |
| 1903 | /* Which window is that in? */ |
| 1904 | window = window_from_coordinates (f, column, row, &portion); |
| 1905 | w = XWINDOW (window); |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 | /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */ |
| 1908 | if (! EQ (window, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window)) |
| 1909 | clear_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)); |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 | /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date? |
| 1912 | And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */ |
| 1913 | if (WINDOWP (window) && portion == 0 && row >= 0 && column >= 0 |
| 1914 | && row < FRAME_HEIGHT (f) && column < FRAME_WIDTH (f) |
| 1915 | && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer) |
| 1916 | && w->last_modified == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))) |
| 1917 | { |
| 1918 | int *ptr = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[row]; |
| 1919 | int i, pos; |
| 1920 | |
| 1921 | /* Find which buffer position the mouse corresponds to. */ |
| 1922 | for (i = column; i >= 0; i--) |
| 1923 | if (ptr[i] > 0) |
| 1924 | break; |
| 1925 | pos = ptr[i]; |
| 1926 | /* Is it outside the displayed active region (if any)? */ |
| 1927 | if (pos <= 0) |
| 1928 | clear_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)); |
| 1929 | else if (! (EQ (window, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window) |
| 1930 | && row >= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 1931 | && row <= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row |
| 1932 | && (row > FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 1933 | || column >= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col) |
| 1934 | && (row < FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row |
| 1935 | || column < FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col |
| 1936 | || FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end))) |
| 1937 | { |
| 1938 | Lisp_Object mouse_face, overlay, position; |
| 1939 | Lisp_Object *overlay_vec; |
| 1940 | int len, noverlays, ignor1; |
| 1941 | struct buffer *obuf; |
| 1942 | int obegv, ozv; |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 | /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */ |
| 1945 | if (pos > BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer))) |
| 1946 | return; |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 | /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for |
| 1949 | overlays_at and compute_char_face. */ |
| 1950 | obuf = current_buffer; |
| 1951 | current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); |
| 1952 | obegv = BEGV; |
| 1953 | ozv = ZV; |
| 1954 | BEGV = BEG; |
| 1955 | ZV = Z; |
| 1956 | |
| 1957 | /* Yes. Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */ |
| 1958 | clear_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)); |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 | /* Is this char mouse-active? */ |
| 1961 | XSETINT (position, pos); |
| 1962 | |
| 1963 | len = 10; |
| 1964 | overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) xmalloc (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object)); |
| 1965 | |
| 1966 | /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec. |
| 1967 | Store the length in len. */ |
| 1968 | noverlays = overlays_at (XINT (pos), 1, &overlay_vec, &len, |
| 1969 | NULL, NULL); |
| 1970 | noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w); |
| 1971 | |
| 1972 | /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop. */ |
| 1973 | overlay = Qnil; |
| 1974 | for (i = 0; i < noverlays; i++) |
| 1975 | { |
| 1976 | mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face); |
| 1977 | if (!NILP (mouse_face)) |
| 1978 | { |
| 1979 | overlay = overlay_vec[i]; |
| 1980 | break; |
| 1981 | } |
| 1982 | } |
| 1983 | free (overlay_vec); |
| 1984 | /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */ |
| 1985 | if (NILP (overlay)) |
| 1986 | mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, w->buffer); |
| 1987 | |
| 1988 | /* Handle the overlay case. */ |
| 1989 | if (! NILP (overlay)) |
| 1990 | { |
| 1991 | /* Find the range of text around this char that |
| 1992 | should be active. */ |
| 1993 | Lisp_Object before, after; |
| 1994 | int ignore; |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 | before = Foverlay_start (overlay); |
| 1997 | after = Foverlay_end (overlay); |
| 1998 | /* Record this as the current active region. */ |
| 1999 | fast_find_position (window, before, |
| 2000 | &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col, |
| 2001 | &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row); |
| 2002 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end |
| 2003 | = !fast_find_position (window, after, |
| 2004 | &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col, |
| 2005 | &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row); |
| 2006 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window; |
| 2007 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id |
| 2008 | = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0, |
| 2009 | &ignore, pos + 1, 1); |
| 2010 | |
| 2011 | /* Display it as active. */ |
| 2012 | show_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1); |
| 2013 | } |
| 2014 | /* Handle the text property case. */ |
| 2015 | else if (! NILP (mouse_face)) |
| 2016 | { |
| 2017 | /* Find the range of text around this char that |
| 2018 | should be active. */ |
| 2019 | Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end; |
| 2020 | int ignore; |
| 2021 | |
| 2022 | beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start); |
| 2023 | XSETINT (end, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) |
| 2024 | - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))); |
| 2025 | before |
| 2026 | = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1), |
| 2027 | Qmouse_face, |
| 2028 | w->buffer, beginning); |
| 2029 | after |
| 2030 | = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face, |
| 2031 | w->buffer, end); |
| 2032 | /* Record this as the current active region. */ |
| 2033 | fast_find_position (window, before, |
| 2034 | &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col, |
| 2035 | &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row); |
| 2036 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_past_end |
| 2037 | = !fast_find_position (window, after, |
| 2038 | &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col, |
| 2039 | &FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row); |
| 2040 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_window = window; |
| 2041 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_face_id |
| 2042 | = compute_char_face (f, w, pos, 0, 0, |
| 2043 | &ignore, pos + 1, 1); |
| 2044 | |
| 2045 | /* Display it as active. */ |
| 2046 | show_mouse_face (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), 1); |
| 2047 | } |
| 2048 | BEGV = obegv; |
| 2049 | ZV = ozv; |
| 2050 | current_buffer = obuf; |
| 2051 | } |
| 2052 | } |
| 2053 | } |
| 2054 | \f |
| 2055 | /* Find the row and column of position POS in window WINDOW. |
| 2056 | Store them in *COLUMNP and *ROWP. |
| 2057 | This assumes display in WINDOW is up to date. |
| 2058 | If POS is above start of WINDOW, return coords |
| 2059 | of start of first screen line. |
| 2060 | If POS is after end of WINDOW, return coords of end of last screen line. |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 | Value is 1 if POS is in range, 0 if it was off screen. */ |
| 2063 | |
| 2064 | static int |
| 2065 | fast_find_position (window, pos, columnp, rowp) |
| 2066 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 2067 | int pos; |
| 2068 | int *columnp, *rowp; |
| 2069 | { |
| 2070 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (window); |
| 2071 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 2072 | int i; |
| 2073 | int row = 0; |
| 2074 | int left = w->left; |
| 2075 | int top = w->top; |
| 2076 | int height = XFASTINT (w->height) - ! MINI_WINDOW_P (w); |
| 2077 | int width = window_internal_width (w); |
| 2078 | int *charstarts; |
| 2079 | int lastcol; |
| 2080 | int maybe_next_line = 0; |
| 2081 | |
| 2082 | /* Find the right row. */ |
| 2083 | for (i = 0; |
| 2084 | i < height; |
| 2085 | i++) |
| 2086 | { |
| 2087 | int linestart = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + i][left]; |
| 2088 | if (linestart > pos) |
| 2089 | break; |
| 2090 | /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer, |
| 2091 | don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */ |
| 2092 | if (linestart == pos && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer))) |
| 2093 | { |
| 2094 | maybe_next_line = 1; |
| 2095 | break; |
| 2096 | } |
| 2097 | if (linestart > 0) |
| 2098 | row = i; |
| 2099 | } |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 | /* Find the right column with in it. */ |
| 2102 | charstarts = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->charstarts[top + row]; |
| 2103 | lastcol = left; |
| 2104 | for (i = 0; i < width; i++) |
| 2105 | { |
| 2106 | if (charstarts[left + i] == pos) |
| 2107 | { |
| 2108 | *rowp = row + top; |
| 2109 | *columnp = i + left; |
| 2110 | return 1; |
| 2111 | } |
| 2112 | else if (charstarts[left + i] > pos) |
| 2113 | break; |
| 2114 | else if (charstarts[left + i] > 0) |
| 2115 | lastcol = left + i; |
| 2116 | } |
| 2117 | |
| 2118 | /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer, |
| 2119 | and we didn't find it in the line we scanned, |
| 2120 | use the start of the following line. */ |
| 2121 | if (maybe_next_line) |
| 2122 | { |
| 2123 | row++; |
| 2124 | i = 0; |
| 2125 | } |
| 2126 | |
| 2127 | *rowp = row + top; |
| 2128 | *columnp = lastcol; |
| 2129 | return 0; |
| 2130 | } |
| 2131 | |
| 2132 | /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_* |
| 2133 | in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */ |
| 2134 | |
| 2135 | static void |
| 2136 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, hl) |
| 2137 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 2138 | int hl; |
| 2139 | { |
| 2140 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window); |
| 2141 | int width = window_internal_width (w); |
| 2142 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 2143 | int i; |
| 2144 | int cursor_off = 0; |
| 2145 | int old_curs_x = curs_x; |
| 2146 | int old_curs_y = curs_y; |
| 2147 | |
| 2148 | /* Set these variables temporarily |
| 2149 | so that if we have to turn the cursor off and on again |
| 2150 | we will put it back at the same place. */ |
| 2151 | curs_x = f->phys_cursor_x; |
| 2152 | curs_y = f->phys_cursor_y; |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 | for (i = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row; |
| 2155 | i <= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row; i++) |
| 2156 | { |
| 2157 | int column = (i == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 2158 | ? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col |
| 2159 | : w->left); |
| 2160 | int endcolumn = (i == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row |
| 2161 | ? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col |
| 2162 | : w->left + width); |
| 2163 | endcolumn = min (endcolumn, FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->used[i]); |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 | /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite, |
| 2166 | turn the cursor off. */ |
| 2167 | if (i == curs_y |
| 2168 | && curs_x >= column - 1 |
| 2169 | && curs_x <= endcolumn) |
| 2170 | { |
| 2171 | x_display_cursor (f, 0); |
| 2172 | cursor_off = 1; |
| 2173 | } |
| 2174 | |
| 2175 | dumpglyphs (f, |
| 2176 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column), |
| 2177 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, i), |
| 2178 | FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f)->glyphs[i] + column, |
| 2179 | endcolumn - column, |
| 2180 | /* Highlight with mouse face if hl > 0. */ |
| 2181 | hl > 0 ? 3 : 0, 0); |
| 2182 | } |
| 2183 | |
| 2184 | /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */ |
| 2185 | if (cursor_off) |
| 2186 | x_display_cursor (f, 1); |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 | curs_x = old_curs_x; |
| 2189 | curs_y = old_curs_y; |
| 2190 | |
| 2191 | /* Change the mouse cursor according to the value of HL. */ |
| 2192 | if (hl > 0) |
| 2193 | XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 2194 | f->output_data.x->cross_cursor); |
| 2195 | else |
| 2196 | XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 2197 | f->output_data.x->text_cursor); |
| 2198 | } |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 | /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region. |
| 2201 | Redraw it unhighlighted first. */ |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 | static void |
| 2204 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo) |
| 2205 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 2206 | { |
| 2207 | if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)) |
| 2208 | show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, 0); |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 2211 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 2212 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 2213 | } |
| 2214 | \f |
| 2215 | static struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar (); |
| 2216 | static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (); |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 | /* Return the current position of the mouse. |
| 2219 | *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about. |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 | If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window, |
| 2222 | and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse |
| 2223 | is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's |
| 2224 | position on the scroll bar. |
| 2225 | |
| 2226 | If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the |
| 2227 | mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell |
| 2228 | the mouse is over. |
| 2229 | |
| 2230 | Set *time to the server timestamp for the time at which the mouse |
| 2231 | was at this position. |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 | Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report. |
| 2234 | |
| 2235 | This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse |
| 2236 | movement. */ |
| 2237 | |
| 2238 | static void |
| 2239 | XTmouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time) |
| 2240 | FRAME_PTR *fp; |
| 2241 | int insist; |
| 2242 | Lisp_Object *bar_window; |
| 2243 | enum scroll_bar_part *part; |
| 2244 | Lisp_Object *x, *y; |
| 2245 | unsigned long *time; |
| 2246 | { |
| 2247 | FRAME_PTR f1; |
| 2248 | |
| 2249 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2250 | |
| 2251 | if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar)) |
| 2252 | x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time); |
| 2253 | else |
| 2254 | { |
| 2255 | Window root; |
| 2256 | int root_x, root_y; |
| 2257 | |
| 2258 | Window dummy_window; |
| 2259 | int dummy; |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 | Lisp_Object frame, tail; |
| 2262 | |
| 2263 | /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */ |
| 2264 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 2265 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp)) |
| 2266 | XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 2269 | |
| 2270 | /* Figure out which root window we're on. */ |
| 2271 | XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp), |
| 2272 | DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp)), |
| 2273 | |
| 2274 | /* The root window which contains the pointer. */ |
| 2275 | &root, |
| 2276 | |
| 2277 | /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on |
| 2278 | a different screen. */ |
| 2279 | &dummy_window, |
| 2280 | |
| 2281 | /* The position on that root window. */ |
| 2282 | &root_x, &root_y, |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 | /* More trash we can't trust. */ |
| 2285 | &dummy, &dummy, |
| 2286 | |
| 2287 | /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which |
| 2288 | we don't care. */ |
| 2289 | (unsigned int *) &dummy); |
| 2290 | |
| 2291 | /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window |
| 2292 | containing the pointer. */ |
| 2293 | { |
| 2294 | Window win, child; |
| 2295 | int win_x, win_y; |
| 2296 | int parent_x, parent_y; |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 | win = root; |
| 2299 | |
| 2300 | /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window |
| 2301 | structure is changing at the same time this function |
| 2302 | is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */ |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 | x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp)); |
| 2305 | |
| 2306 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 2307 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 2308 | { |
| 2309 | /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame |
| 2310 | even if the mouse is now outside it. */ |
| 2311 | XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp), |
| 2312 | |
| 2313 | /* From-window, to-window. */ |
| 2314 | root, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame), |
| 2315 | |
| 2316 | /* From-position, to-position. */ |
| 2317 | root_x, root_y, &win_x, &win_y, |
| 2318 | |
| 2319 | /* Child of win. */ |
| 2320 | &child); |
| 2321 | f1 = last_mouse_frame; |
| 2322 | } |
| 2323 | else |
| 2324 | { |
| 2325 | while (1) |
| 2326 | { |
| 2327 | XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp), |
| 2328 | |
| 2329 | /* From-window, to-window. */ |
| 2330 | root, win, |
| 2331 | |
| 2332 | /* From-position, to-position. */ |
| 2333 | root_x, root_y, &win_x, &win_y, |
| 2334 | |
| 2335 | /* Child of win. */ |
| 2336 | &child); |
| 2337 | |
| 2338 | if (child == None || child == win) |
| 2339 | break; |
| 2340 | |
| 2341 | win = child; |
| 2342 | parent_x = win_x; |
| 2343 | parent_y = win_y; |
| 2344 | } |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 | /* Now we know that: |
| 2347 | win is the innermost window containing the pointer |
| 2348 | (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer), |
| 2349 | win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it |
| 2350 | (XTC did this the last time through), and |
| 2351 | parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent. |
| 2352 | (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child. |
| 2353 | If win is the root window, it has no parent, and |
| 2354 | parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll |
| 2355 | never use them in that case.) */ |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 | /* Is win one of our frames? */ |
| 2358 | f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp), win); |
| 2359 | } |
| 2360 | |
| 2361 | if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp))) |
| 2362 | f1 = 0; |
| 2363 | |
| 2364 | x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp)); |
| 2365 | |
| 2366 | /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */ |
| 2367 | if (! f1) |
| 2368 | { |
| 2369 | struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (win); |
| 2370 | |
| 2371 | if (bar) |
| 2372 | { |
| 2373 | f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 2374 | win_x = parent_x; |
| 2375 | win_y = parent_y; |
| 2376 | } |
| 2377 | } |
| 2378 | |
| 2379 | if (f1 == 0 && insist) |
| 2380 | f1 = selected_frame; |
| 2381 | |
| 2382 | if (f1) |
| 2383 | { |
| 2384 | int ignore1, ignore2; |
| 2385 | |
| 2386 | /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values. */ |
| 2387 | |
| 2388 | pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, win_x, win_y, &ignore1, &ignore2, |
| 2389 | &last_mouse_glyph, |
| 2390 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed |
| 2391 | || insist); |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 | *bar_window = Qnil; |
| 2394 | *part = 0; |
| 2395 | *fp = f1; |
| 2396 | XSETINT (*x, win_x); |
| 2397 | XSETINT (*y, win_y); |
| 2398 | *time = last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 2399 | } |
| 2400 | } |
| 2401 | } |
| 2402 | |
| 2403 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2404 | } |
| 2405 | \f |
| 2406 | /* Scroll bar support. */ |
| 2407 | |
| 2408 | /* Given an X window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it. |
| 2409 | This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark |
| 2410 | bits. */ |
| 2411 | static struct scroll_bar * |
| 2412 | x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id) |
| 2413 | Window window_id; |
| 2414 | { |
| 2415 | Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
| 2416 | |
| 2417 | for (tail = Vframe_list; |
| 2418 | XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons; |
| 2419 | tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr) |
| 2420 | { |
| 2421 | Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned; |
| 2422 | |
| 2423 | frame = XCONS (tail)->car; |
| 2424 | /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */ |
| 2425 | if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame)) |
| 2426 | abort (); |
| 2427 | |
| 2428 | /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the |
| 2429 | right window ID. */ |
| 2430 | condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); |
| 2431 | for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); |
| 2432 | /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and |
| 2433 | condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */ |
| 2434 | ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned, |
| 2435 | condemned = Qnil, |
| 2436 | ! GC_NILP (bar)); |
| 2437 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) |
| 2438 | if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id) |
| 2439 | return XSCROLL_BAR (bar); |
| 2440 | } |
| 2441 | |
| 2442 | return 0; |
| 2443 | } |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 | /* Open a new X window to serve as a scroll bar, and return the |
| 2446 | scroll bar vector for it. */ |
| 2447 | static struct scroll_bar * |
| 2448 | x_scroll_bar_create (window, top, left, width, height) |
| 2449 | struct window *window; |
| 2450 | int top, left, width, height; |
| 2451 | { |
| 2452 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); |
| 2453 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 2454 | = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil)); |
| 2455 | |
| 2456 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2457 | |
| 2458 | { |
| 2459 | XSetWindowAttributes a; |
| 2460 | unsigned long mask; |
| 2461 | a.background_pixel = f->output_data.x->background_pixel; |
| 2462 | a.event_mask = (ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask |
| 2463 | | ButtonMotionMask | PointerMotionHintMask |
| 2464 | | ExposureMask); |
| 2465 | a.cursor = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor; |
| 2466 | |
| 2467 | mask = (CWBackPixel | CWEventMask | CWCursor); |
| 2468 | |
| 2469 | #if 0 |
| 2470 | |
| 2471 | ac = 0; |
| 2472 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNx, left); ac++; |
| 2473 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNy, top); ac++; |
| 2474 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNwidth, width); ac++; |
| 2475 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNheight, height); ac++; |
| 2476 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNborderWidth, 0); ac++; |
| 2477 | sb_widget = XtCreateManagedWidget ("box", |
| 2478 | boxWidgetClass, |
| 2479 | f->output_data.x->edit_widget, al, ac); |
| 2480 | SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW |
| 2481 | (bar, sb_widget->core.window); |
| 2482 | #endif |
| 2483 | SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW |
| 2484 | (bar, |
| 2485 | XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 2486 | |
| 2487 | /* Position and size of scroll bar. */ |
| 2488 | left, top, width, height, |
| 2489 | |
| 2490 | /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */ |
| 2491 | 0, CopyFromParent, CopyFromParent, CopyFromParent, |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 | /* Attributes. */ |
| 2494 | mask, &a)); |
| 2495 | } |
| 2496 | |
| 2497 | XSETWINDOW (bar->window, window); |
| 2498 | XSETINT (bar->top, top); |
| 2499 | XSETINT (bar->left, left); |
| 2500 | XSETINT (bar->width, width); |
| 2501 | XSETINT (bar->height, height); |
| 2502 | XSETINT (bar->start, 0); |
| 2503 | XSETINT (bar->end, 0); |
| 2504 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 2505 | |
| 2506 | /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */ |
| 2507 | bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 2508 | bar->prev = Qnil; |
| 2509 | XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); |
| 2510 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
| 2511 | XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); |
| 2512 | |
| 2513 | XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar)); |
| 2514 | |
| 2515 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2516 | |
| 2517 | return bar; |
| 2518 | } |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 | /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position. |
| 2521 | If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother |
| 2522 | redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always |
| 2523 | redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose |
| 2524 | events.) |
| 2525 | |
| 2526 | Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to |
| 2527 | fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll bar |
| 2528 | handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that the |
| 2529 | bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way to |
| 2530 | move to the very end of the buffer. */ |
| 2531 | static void |
| 2532 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild) |
| 2533 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 2534 | int start, end; |
| 2535 | int rebuild; |
| 2536 | { |
| 2537 | int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging); |
| 2538 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar); |
| 2539 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 2540 | GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc; |
| 2541 | |
| 2542 | /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */ |
| 2543 | if (! rebuild |
| 2544 | && start == XINT (bar->start) |
| 2545 | && end == XINT (bar->end)) |
| 2546 | return; |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 | { |
| 2551 | int inside_width = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (XINT (bar->width)); |
| 2552 | int inside_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (XINT (bar->height)); |
| 2553 | int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)); |
| 2554 | |
| 2555 | /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve |
| 2556 | the distance between start and end. */ |
| 2557 | { |
| 2558 | int length = end - start; |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 | if (start < 0) |
| 2561 | start = 0; |
| 2562 | else if (start > top_range) |
| 2563 | start = top_range; |
| 2564 | end = start + length; |
| 2565 | |
| 2566 | if (end < start) |
| 2567 | end = start; |
| 2568 | else if (end > top_range && ! dragging) |
| 2569 | end = top_range; |
| 2570 | } |
| 2571 | |
| 2572 | /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */ |
| 2573 | XSETINT (bar->start, start); |
| 2574 | XSETINT (bar->end, end); |
| 2575 | |
| 2576 | /* Clip the end position, just for display. */ |
| 2577 | if (end > top_range) |
| 2578 | end = top_range; |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 | /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels |
| 2581 | below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least |
| 2582 | that many pixels tall. */ |
| 2583 | end += VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
| 2584 | |
| 2585 | /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear |
| 2586 | zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */ |
| 2587 | if (0 < start) |
| 2588 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, |
| 2589 | |
| 2590 | /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */ |
| 2591 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER, |
| 2592 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER, |
| 2593 | inside_width, start, |
| 2594 | False); |
| 2595 | |
| 2596 | /* Draw the handle itself. */ |
| 2597 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc, |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 | /* x, y, width, height */ |
| 2600 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER, |
| 2601 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + start, |
| 2602 | inside_width, end - start); |
| 2603 | |
| 2604 | |
| 2605 | /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't |
| 2606 | clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */ |
| 2607 | if (end < inside_height) |
| 2608 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 | /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */ |
| 2611 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER, |
| 2612 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + end, |
| 2613 | inside_width, inside_height - end, |
| 2614 | False); |
| 2615 | |
| 2616 | } |
| 2617 | |
| 2618 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2619 | } |
| 2620 | |
| 2621 | /* Move a scroll bar around on the screen, to accommodate changing |
| 2622 | window configurations. */ |
| 2623 | static void |
| 2624 | x_scroll_bar_move (bar, top, left, width, height) |
| 2625 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 2626 | int top, left, width, height; |
| 2627 | { |
| 2628 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar); |
| 2629 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 2630 | |
| 2631 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2632 | |
| 2633 | { |
| 2634 | XWindowChanges wc; |
| 2635 | unsigned int mask = 0; |
| 2636 | |
| 2637 | wc.x = left; |
| 2638 | wc.y = top; |
| 2639 | wc.width = width; |
| 2640 | wc.height = height; |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 | if (left != XINT (bar->left)) mask |= CWX; |
| 2643 | if (top != XINT (bar->top)) mask |= CWY; |
| 2644 | if (width != XINT (bar->width)) mask |= CWWidth; |
| 2645 | if (height != XINT (bar->height)) mask |= CWHeight; |
| 2646 | |
| 2647 | if (mask) |
| 2648 | XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar), |
| 2649 | mask, &wc); |
| 2650 | } |
| 2651 | |
| 2652 | XSETINT (bar->left, left); |
| 2653 | XSETINT (bar->top, top); |
| 2654 | XSETINT (bar->width, width); |
| 2655 | XSETINT (bar->height, height); |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2658 | } |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 | /* Destroy the X window for BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar |
| 2661 | to nil. */ |
| 2662 | static void |
| 2663 | x_scroll_bar_remove (bar) |
| 2664 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 2665 | { |
| 2666 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 2667 | |
| 2668 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2669 | |
| 2670 | /* Destroy the window. */ |
| 2671 | XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar)); |
| 2672 | |
| 2673 | /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */ |
| 2674 | XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 2675 | |
| 2676 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2677 | } |
| 2678 | |
| 2679 | /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate |
| 2680 | that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE |
| 2681 | characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar, |
| 2682 | create one. */ |
| 2683 | static void |
| 2684 | XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (window, portion, whole, position) |
| 2685 | struct window *window; |
| 2686 | int portion, whole, position; |
| 2687 | { |
| 2688 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); |
| 2689 | int top = XINT (window->top); |
| 2690 | int left = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_COLUMN (window); |
| 2691 | int height = WINDOW_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (window); |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | /* Where should this scroll bar be, pixelwise? */ |
| 2694 | int pixel_top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, top); |
| 2695 | int pixel_left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, left); |
| 2696 | int pixel_width |
| 2697 | = (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0 |
| 2698 | ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
| 2699 | : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font))); |
| 2700 | int pixel_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, height); |
| 2701 | |
| 2702 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 2703 | |
| 2704 | /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */ |
| 2705 | if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 2706 | bar = x_scroll_bar_create (window, |
| 2707 | pixel_top, pixel_left, |
| 2708 | pixel_width, pixel_height); |
| 2709 | else |
| 2710 | { |
| 2711 | /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */ |
| 2712 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar); |
| 2713 | x_scroll_bar_move (bar, pixel_top, pixel_left, pixel_width, pixel_height); |
| 2714 | } |
| 2715 | |
| 2716 | /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being |
| 2717 | dragged. */ |
| 2718 | if (NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 2719 | { |
| 2720 | int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (pixel_height); |
| 2721 | |
| 2722 | if (whole == 0) |
| 2723 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, 0, top_range, 0); |
| 2724 | else |
| 2725 | { |
| 2726 | int start = ((double) position * top_range) / whole; |
| 2727 | int end = ((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole; |
| 2728 | |
| 2729 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0); |
| 2730 | } |
| 2731 | } |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 | XSETVECTOR (window->vertical_scroll_bar, bar); |
| 2734 | } |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 | |
| 2737 | /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough |
| 2738 | redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars |
| 2739 | are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go |
| 2740 | away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys |
| 2741 | and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay |
| 2742 | that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar |
| 2743 | from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */ |
| 2744 | |
| 2745 | /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call |
| 2746 | to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if |
| 2747 | `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgement. */ |
| 2748 | static void |
| 2749 | XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame) |
| 2750 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
| 2751 | { |
| 2752 | /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */ |
| 2753 | while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) |
| 2754 | { |
| 2755 | Lisp_Object bar; |
| 2756 | bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
| 2757 | FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next; |
| 2758 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
| 2759 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->prev = Qnil; |
| 2760 | if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) |
| 2761 | XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar; |
| 2762 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar; |
| 2763 | } |
| 2764 | } |
| 2765 | |
| 2766 | /* Unmark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgement cycle. |
| 2767 | Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */ |
| 2768 | static void |
| 2769 | XTredeem_scroll_bar (window) |
| 2770 | struct window *window; |
| 2771 | { |
| 2772 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 2773 | |
| 2774 | /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */ |
| 2775 | if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 2776 | abort (); |
| 2777 | |
| 2778 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar); |
| 2779 | |
| 2780 | /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */ |
| 2781 | { |
| 2782 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); |
| 2783 | |
| 2784 | if (NILP (bar->prev)) |
| 2785 | { |
| 2786 | /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of |
| 2787 | the lists. */ |
| 2788 | if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 2789 | /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */ |
| 2790 | return; |
| 2791 | else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f), |
| 2792 | window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 2793 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next; |
| 2794 | else |
| 2795 | /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of |
| 2796 | one or the other! */ |
| 2797 | abort (); |
| 2798 | } |
| 2799 | else |
| 2800 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next; |
| 2801 | |
| 2802 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
| 2803 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev; |
| 2804 | |
| 2805 | bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 2806 | bar->prev = Qnil; |
| 2807 | XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); |
| 2808 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
| 2809 | XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); |
| 2810 | } |
| 2811 | } |
| 2812 | |
| 2813 | /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the |
| 2814 | last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */ |
| 2815 | static void |
| 2816 | XTjudge_scroll_bars (f) |
| 2817 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 2818 | { |
| 2819 | Lisp_Object bar, next; |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 | bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 2822 | |
| 2823 | /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any |
| 2824 | more events on the hapless scroll bars. */ |
| 2825 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil; |
| 2826 | |
| 2827 | for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next) |
| 2828 | { |
| 2829 | struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar); |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 | x_scroll_bar_remove (b); |
| 2832 | |
| 2833 | next = b->next; |
| 2834 | b->next = b->prev = Qnil; |
| 2835 | } |
| 2836 | |
| 2837 | /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars, |
| 2838 | and they should get garbage-collected. */ |
| 2839 | } |
| 2840 | |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 | /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. |
| 2843 | |
| 2844 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC |
| 2845 | mark bits. */ |
| 2846 | static void |
| 2847 | x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, event) |
| 2848 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 2849 | XEvent *event; |
| 2850 | { |
| 2851 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar); |
| 2852 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 2853 | GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc; |
| 2854 | |
| 2855 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2856 | |
| 2857 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, XINT (bar->start), XINT (bar->end), 1); |
| 2858 | |
| 2859 | /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */ |
| 2860 | XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc, |
| 2861 | |
| 2862 | /* x, y, width, height */ |
| 2863 | 0, 0, XINT (bar->width) - 1, XINT (bar->height) - 1); |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2866 | } |
| 2867 | |
| 2868 | /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind |
| 2869 | is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued. |
| 2870 | |
| 2871 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC |
| 2872 | mark bits. */ |
| 2873 | static void |
| 2874 | x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, event, emacs_event) |
| 2875 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 2876 | XEvent *event; |
| 2877 | struct input_event *emacs_event; |
| 2878 | { |
| 2879 | if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window)) |
| 2880 | abort (); |
| 2881 | |
| 2882 | emacs_event->kind = scroll_bar_click; |
| 2883 | emacs_event->code = event->xbutton.button - Button1; |
| 2884 | emacs_event->modifiers |
| 2885 | = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO |
| 2886 | (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)))), |
| 2887 | event->xbutton.state) |
| 2888 | | (event->type == ButtonRelease |
| 2889 | ? up_modifier |
| 2890 | : down_modifier)); |
| 2891 | emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window; |
| 2892 | emacs_event->timestamp = event->xbutton.time; |
| 2893 | { |
| 2894 | int internal_height |
| 2895 | = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (XINT (bar->height)); |
| 2896 | int top_range |
| 2897 | = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)); |
| 2898 | int y = event->xbutton.y - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER; |
| 2899 | |
| 2900 | if (y < 0) y = 0; |
| 2901 | if (y > top_range) y = top_range; |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 | if (y < XINT (bar->start)) |
| 2904 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle; |
| 2905 | else if (y < XINT (bar->end) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE) |
| 2906 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 2907 | else |
| 2908 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle; |
| 2909 | |
| 2910 | /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean |
| 2911 | they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide |
| 2912 | whether or not we're dragging. */ |
| 2913 | #if 0 |
| 2914 | /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're |
| 2915 | holding it. */ |
| 2916 | if (event->type == ButtonPress |
| 2917 | && emacs_event->part == scroll_bar_handle) |
| 2918 | XSETINT (bar->dragging, y - XINT (bar->start)); |
| 2919 | #endif |
| 2920 | |
| 2921 | /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */ |
| 2922 | if (event->type == ButtonRelease |
| 2923 | && ! NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 2924 | { |
| 2925 | int new_start = y - XINT (bar->dragging); |
| 2926 | int new_end = new_start + (XINT (bar->end) - XINT (bar->start)); |
| 2927 | |
| 2928 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, new_start, new_end, 0); |
| 2929 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 2930 | } |
| 2931 | |
| 2932 | /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */ |
| 2933 | #if 0 |
| 2934 | /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of |
| 2935 | the handle. */ |
| 2936 | if (emacs_event->part == scroll_bar_handle) |
| 2937 | emacs_event->x = bar->start; |
| 2938 | else |
| 2939 | XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y); |
| 2940 | #else |
| 2941 | XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y); |
| 2942 | #endif |
| 2943 | |
| 2944 | XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range); |
| 2945 | } |
| 2946 | } |
| 2947 | |
| 2948 | /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar. |
| 2949 | |
| 2950 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC |
| 2951 | mark bits. */ |
| 2952 | static void |
| 2953 | x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, event) |
| 2954 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 2955 | XEvent *event; |
| 2956 | { |
| 2957 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)->frame); |
| 2958 | |
| 2959 | last_mouse_movement_time = event->xmotion.time; |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 | f->mouse_moved = 1; |
| 2962 | XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar, bar); |
| 2963 | |
| 2964 | /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */ |
| 2965 | if (! GC_NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 2966 | { |
| 2967 | /* Where should the handle be now? */ |
| 2968 | int new_start = event->xmotion.y - XINT (bar->dragging); |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 | if (new_start != XINT (bar->start)) |
| 2971 | { |
| 2972 | int new_end = new_start + (XINT (bar->end) - XINT (bar->start)); |
| 2973 | |
| 2974 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, new_start, new_end, 0); |
| 2975 | } |
| 2976 | } |
| 2977 | } |
| 2978 | |
| 2979 | /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse |
| 2980 | on the scroll bar. */ |
| 2981 | static void |
| 2982 | x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time) |
| 2983 | FRAME_PTR *fp; |
| 2984 | Lisp_Object *bar_window; |
| 2985 | enum scroll_bar_part *part; |
| 2986 | Lisp_Object *x, *y; |
| 2987 | unsigned long *time; |
| 2988 | { |
| 2989 | struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar); |
| 2990 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar); |
| 2991 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 2992 | int win_x, win_y; |
| 2993 | Window dummy_window; |
| 2994 | int dummy_coord; |
| 2995 | unsigned int dummy_mask; |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2998 | |
| 2999 | /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and |
| 3000 | report that. */ |
| 3001 | if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, |
| 3002 | |
| 3003 | /* Root, child, root x and root y. */ |
| 3004 | &dummy_window, &dummy_window, |
| 3005 | &dummy_coord, &dummy_coord, |
| 3006 | |
| 3007 | /* Position relative to scroll bar. */ |
| 3008 | &win_x, &win_y, |
| 3009 | |
| 3010 | /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */ |
| 3011 | &dummy_mask)) |
| 3012 | ; |
| 3013 | else |
| 3014 | { |
| 3015 | int inside_height |
| 3016 | = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (XINT (bar->height)); |
| 3017 | int top_range |
| 3018 | = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (XINT (bar->height)); |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 | win_y -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER; |
| 3021 | |
| 3022 | if (! NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 3023 | win_y -= XINT (bar->dragging); |
| 3024 | |
| 3025 | if (win_y < 0) |
| 3026 | win_y = 0; |
| 3027 | if (win_y > top_range) |
| 3028 | win_y = top_range; |
| 3029 | |
| 3030 | *fp = f; |
| 3031 | *bar_window = bar->window; |
| 3032 | |
| 3033 | if (! NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 3034 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 3035 | else if (win_y < XINT (bar->start)) |
| 3036 | *part = scroll_bar_above_handle; |
| 3037 | else if (win_y < XINT (bar->end) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE) |
| 3038 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 3039 | else |
| 3040 | *part = scroll_bar_below_handle; |
| 3041 | |
| 3042 | XSETINT (*x, win_y); |
| 3043 | XSETINT (*y, top_range); |
| 3044 | |
| 3045 | f->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 3046 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 3047 | } |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 | *time = last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3052 | } |
| 3053 | |
| 3054 | |
| 3055 | /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or |
| 3056 | background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn. |
| 3057 | Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can |
| 3058 | redraw them. */ |
| 3059 | |
| 3060 | x_scroll_bar_clear (f) |
| 3061 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 3062 | { |
| 3063 | Lisp_Object bar; |
| 3064 | |
| 3065 | /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0, |
| 3066 | if we just turned off scroll bar mode. |
| 3067 | But in that case we should not clear them. */ |
| 3068 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
| 3069 | for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar); |
| 3070 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) |
| 3071 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)), |
| 3072 | 0, 0, 0, 0, True); |
| 3073 | } |
| 3074 | |
| 3075 | /* This processes Expose events from the menubar specific X event |
| 3076 | loop in xmenu.c. This allows to redisplay the frame if necessary |
| 3077 | when handling menubar or popup items. */ |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | void |
| 3080 | process_expose_from_menu (event) |
| 3081 | XEvent event; |
| 3082 | { |
| 3083 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 3084 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 3085 | |
| 3086 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3087 | |
| 3088 | dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (event.xexpose.display); |
| 3089 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window); |
| 3090 | if (f) |
| 3091 | { |
| 3092 | if (f->async_visible == 0) |
| 3093 | { |
| 3094 | f->async_visible = 1; |
| 3095 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 3096 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 3097 | } |
| 3098 | else |
| 3099 | { |
| 3100 | dumprectangle (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window), |
| 3101 | event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y, |
| 3102 | event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height); |
| 3103 | } |
| 3104 | } |
| 3105 | else |
| 3106 | { |
| 3107 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 3108 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xexpose.window); |
| 3109 | |
| 3110 | if (bar) |
| 3111 | x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, &event); |
| 3112 | } |
| 3113 | |
| 3114 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3115 | } |
| 3116 | \f |
| 3117 | /* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */ |
| 3118 | |
| 3119 | struct selection_event_queue |
| 3120 | { |
| 3121 | XEvent event; |
| 3122 | struct selection_event_queue *next; |
| 3123 | }; |
| 3124 | |
| 3125 | static struct selection_event_queue *queue; |
| 3126 | |
| 3127 | /* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */ |
| 3128 | static int x_queue_selection_requests; |
| 3129 | |
| 3130 | /* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */ |
| 3131 | |
| 3132 | static void |
| 3133 | x_queue_event (f, event) |
| 3134 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 3135 | XEvent *event; |
| 3136 | { |
| 3137 | struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp |
| 3138 | = (struct selection_event_queue *) malloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue)); |
| 3139 | |
| 3140 | if (queue_tmp != NULL) |
| 3141 | { |
| 3142 | queue_tmp->event = *event; |
| 3143 | queue_tmp->next = queue; |
| 3144 | queue = queue_tmp; |
| 3145 | } |
| 3146 | } |
| 3147 | |
| 3148 | /* Take all the queued events and put them back |
| 3149 | so that they get processed afresh. */ |
| 3150 | |
| 3151 | static void |
| 3152 | x_unqueue_events (display) |
| 3153 | Display *display; |
| 3154 | { |
| 3155 | while (queue != NULL) |
| 3156 | { |
| 3157 | struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp = queue; |
| 3158 | XPutBackEvent (display, &queue_tmp->event); |
| 3159 | queue = queue_tmp->next; |
| 3160 | free ((char *)queue_tmp); |
| 3161 | } |
| 3162 | } |
| 3163 | |
| 3164 | /* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */ |
| 3165 | |
| 3166 | void |
| 3167 | x_start_queuing_selection_requests (display) |
| 3168 | Display *display; |
| 3169 | { |
| 3170 | x_queue_selection_requests++; |
| 3171 | } |
| 3172 | |
| 3173 | /* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */ |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 | void |
| 3176 | x_stop_queuing_selection_requests (display) |
| 3177 | Display *display; |
| 3178 | { |
| 3179 | x_queue_selection_requests--; |
| 3180 | x_unqueue_events (display); |
| 3181 | } |
| 3182 | \f |
| 3183 | /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */ |
| 3184 | |
| 3185 | /* Timestamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket, |
| 3186 | but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions |
| 3187 | sometimes don't work. */ |
| 3188 | static Time enter_timestamp; |
| 3189 | |
| 3190 | /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys |
| 3191 | and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_ |
| 3192 | says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures |
| 3193 | me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. |
| 3194 | |
| 3195 | This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons |
| 3196 | given for enter_timestamp, above. */ |
| 3197 | static XComposeStatus compose_status; |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 | /* Record the last 100 characters stored |
| 3200 | to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */ |
| 3201 | static int temp_index; |
| 3202 | static short temp_buffer[100]; |
| 3203 | |
| 3204 | /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error" |
| 3205 | on a particular display. */ |
| 3206 | struct x_display_info *XTread_socket_fake_io_error; |
| 3207 | |
| 3208 | /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command |
| 3209 | to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it. |
| 3210 | We try all the open displays, one by one. |
| 3211 | This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */ |
| 3212 | static struct x_display_info *next_noop_dpyinfo; |
| 3213 | |
| 3214 | /* Read events coming from the X server. |
| 3215 | This routine is called by the SIGIO handler. |
| 3216 | We return as soon as there are no more events to be read. |
| 3217 | |
| 3218 | Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP, |
| 3219 | which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters. |
| 3220 | We return the number of characters stored into the buffer, |
| 3221 | thus pretending to be `read'. |
| 3222 | |
| 3223 | WAITP is nonzero if we should block until input arrives. |
| 3224 | EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */ |
| 3225 | |
| 3226 | int |
| 3227 | XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, waitp, expected) |
| 3228 | register int sd; |
| 3229 | register struct input_event *bufp; |
| 3230 | register int numchars; |
| 3231 | int waitp; |
| 3232 | int expected; |
| 3233 | { |
| 3234 | int count = 0; |
| 3235 | int nbytes = 0; |
| 3236 | int mask; |
| 3237 | int items_pending; /* How many items are in the X queue. */ |
| 3238 | XEvent event; |
| 3239 | struct frame *f; |
| 3240 | int event_found = 0; |
| 3241 | int prefix; |
| 3242 | Lisp_Object part; |
| 3243 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 3244 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 3245 | Status status_return; |
| 3246 | #endif |
| 3247 | |
| 3248 | if (interrupt_input_blocked) |
| 3249 | { |
| 3250 | interrupt_input_pending = 1; |
| 3251 | return -1; |
| 3252 | } |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 | interrupt_input_pending = 0; |
| 3255 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3256 | |
| 3257 | /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */ |
| 3258 | input_signal_count++; |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 | if (numchars <= 0) |
| 3261 | abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */ |
| 3262 | |
| 3263 | /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for. |
| 3264 | It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */ |
| 3265 | for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) |
| 3266 | { |
| 3267 | #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */ |
| 3268 | #ifdef FIOSNBIO |
| 3269 | /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket |
| 3270 | non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set, |
| 3271 | FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK, |
| 3272 | a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */ |
| 3273 | fcntl (dpyinfo->connection, F_SETFL, 0); |
| 3274 | #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */ |
| 3275 | #endif |
| 3276 | |
| 3277 | #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays, |
| 3278 | and appears not to be used on any system any more. |
| 3279 | Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off |
| 3280 | for X connections. */ |
| 3281 | #ifndef SIGIO |
| 3282 | #ifndef HAVE_SELECT |
| 3283 | if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo->connection, F_GETFL, 0) & O_NDELAY)) |
| 3284 | { |
| 3285 | extern int read_alarm_should_throw; |
| 3286 | read_alarm_should_throw = 1; |
| 3287 | XPeekEvent (dpyinfo->display, &event); |
| 3288 | read_alarm_should_throw = 0; |
| 3289 | } |
| 3290 | #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ |
| 3291 | #endif /* SIGIO */ |
| 3292 | #endif |
| 3293 | |
| 3294 | /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */ |
| 3295 | if (dpyinfo == XTread_socket_fake_io_error) |
| 3296 | { |
| 3297 | XTread_socket_fake_io_error = 0; |
| 3298 | x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo->display); |
| 3299 | } |
| 3300 | |
| 3301 | while (XPending (dpyinfo->display) != 0) |
| 3302 | { |
| 3303 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 3304 | /* needed to raise Motif submenus */ |
| 3305 | XtAppNextEvent (Xt_app_con, &event); |
| 3306 | #else |
| 3307 | XNextEvent (dpyinfo->display, &event); |
| 3308 | #endif |
| 3309 | event_found = 1; |
| 3310 | |
| 3311 | switch (event.type) |
| 3312 | { |
| 3313 | case ClientMessage: |
| 3314 | { |
| 3315 | if (event.xclient.message_type |
| 3316 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_protocols |
| 3317 | && event.xclient.format == 32) |
| 3318 | { |
| 3319 | if (event.xclient.data.l[0] |
| 3320 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_take_focus) |
| 3321 | { |
| 3322 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window); |
| 3323 | /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call |
| 3324 | XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null, |
| 3325 | since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */ |
| 3326 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 3327 | /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */ |
| 3328 | if (f) |
| 3329 | XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f)); |
| 3330 | #endif |
| 3331 | if (f) |
| 3332 | XSetInputFocus (event.xclient.display, |
| 3333 | event.xclient.window, |
| 3334 | RevertToPointerRoot, |
| 3335 | event.xclient.data.l[1]); |
| 3336 | /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */ |
| 3337 | } |
| 3338 | else if (event.xclient.data.l[0] |
| 3339 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_save_yourself) |
| 3340 | { |
| 3341 | /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to |
| 3342 | something which can reinstate us. This notifies |
| 3343 | the session manager, who's looking for such a |
| 3344 | PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when |
| 3345 | a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */ |
| 3346 | if (numchars > 0) |
| 3347 | { |
| 3348 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, |
| 3349 | event.xclient.window); |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 | /* This is just so we only give real data once |
| 3352 | for a single Emacs process. */ |
| 3353 | if (f == selected_frame) |
| 3354 | XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 3355 | event.xclient.window, |
| 3356 | initial_argv, initial_argc); |
| 3357 | else if (f) |
| 3358 | XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 3359 | event.xclient.window, |
| 3360 | 0, 0); |
| 3361 | } |
| 3362 | } |
| 3363 | else if (event.xclient.data.l[0] |
| 3364 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_delete_window) |
| 3365 | { |
| 3366 | struct frame *f |
| 3367 | = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, |
| 3368 | event.xclient.window); |
| 3369 | |
| 3370 | if (f) |
| 3371 | { |
| 3372 | if (numchars == 0) |
| 3373 | abort (); |
| 3374 | |
| 3375 | bufp->kind = delete_window_event; |
| 3376 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 3377 | bufp++; |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 | count += 1; |
| 3380 | numchars -= 1; |
| 3381 | } |
| 3382 | } |
| 3383 | } |
| 3384 | else if (event.xclient.message_type |
| 3385 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_configure_denied) |
| 3386 | { |
| 3387 | } |
| 3388 | else if (event.xclient.message_type |
| 3389 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_window_moved) |
| 3390 | { |
| 3391 | int new_x, new_y; |
| 3392 | struct frame *f |
| 3393 | = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window); |
| 3394 | |
| 3395 | new_x = event.xclient.data.s[0]; |
| 3396 | new_y = event.xclient.data.s[1]; |
| 3397 | |
| 3398 | if (f) |
| 3399 | { |
| 3400 | f->output_data.x->left_pos = new_x; |
| 3401 | f->output_data.x->top_pos = new_y; |
| 3402 | } |
| 3403 | } |
| 3404 | #ifdef HACK_EDITRES |
| 3405 | else if (event.xclient.message_type |
| 3406 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_editres) |
| 3407 | { |
| 3408 | struct frame *f |
| 3409 | = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window); |
| 3410 | _XEditResCheckMessages (f->output_data.x->widget, NULL, |
| 3411 | &event, NULL); |
| 3412 | } |
| 3413 | #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */ |
| 3414 | } |
| 3415 | break; |
| 3416 | |
| 3417 | case SelectionNotify: |
| 3418 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 3419 | if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselection.requestor)) |
| 3420 | goto OTHER; |
| 3421 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 3422 | x_handle_selection_notify (&event); |
| 3423 | break; |
| 3424 | |
| 3425 | case SelectionClear: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */ |
| 3426 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 3427 | if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionclear.window)) |
| 3428 | goto OTHER; |
| 3429 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 3430 | { |
| 3431 | XSelectionClearEvent *eventp = (XSelectionClearEvent *) &event; |
| 3432 | |
| 3433 | if (numchars == 0) |
| 3434 | abort (); |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 | bufp->kind = selection_clear_event; |
| 3437 | SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp) = eventp->display; |
| 3438 | SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp) = eventp->selection; |
| 3439 | SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp) = eventp->time; |
| 3440 | bufp->frame_or_window = Qnil; |
| 3441 | bufp++; |
| 3442 | |
| 3443 | count += 1; |
| 3444 | numchars -= 1; |
| 3445 | } |
| 3446 | break; |
| 3447 | |
| 3448 | case SelectionRequest: /* Someone wants our selection. */ |
| 3449 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 3450 | if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionrequest.owner)) |
| 3451 | goto OTHER; |
| 3452 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 3453 | if (x_queue_selection_requests) |
| 3454 | x_queue_event (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionrequest.owner), |
| 3455 | &event); |
| 3456 | else |
| 3457 | { |
| 3458 | XSelectionRequestEvent *eventp = (XSelectionRequestEvent *) &event; |
| 3459 | |
| 3460 | if (numchars == 0) |
| 3461 | abort (); |
| 3462 | |
| 3463 | bufp->kind = selection_request_event; |
| 3464 | SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp) = eventp->display; |
| 3465 | SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (bufp) = eventp->requestor; |
| 3466 | SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp) = eventp->selection; |
| 3467 | SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (bufp) = eventp->target; |
| 3468 | SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (bufp) = eventp->property; |
| 3469 | SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp) = eventp->time; |
| 3470 | bufp->frame_or_window = Qnil; |
| 3471 | bufp++; |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 | count += 1; |
| 3474 | numchars -= 1; |
| 3475 | } |
| 3476 | break; |
| 3477 | |
| 3478 | case PropertyNotify: |
| 3479 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 3480 | if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xproperty.window)) |
| 3481 | goto OTHER; |
| 3482 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 3483 | x_handle_property_notify (&event); |
| 3484 | break; |
| 3485 | |
| 3486 | case ReparentNotify: |
| 3487 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xreparent.window); |
| 3488 | if (f) |
| 3489 | { |
| 3490 | int x, y; |
| 3491 | f->output_data.x->parent_desc = event.xreparent.parent; |
| 3492 | x_real_positions (f, &x, &y); |
| 3493 | f->output_data.x->left_pos = x; |
| 3494 | f->output_data.x->top_pos = y; |
| 3495 | } |
| 3496 | break; |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 | case Expose: |
| 3499 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window); |
| 3500 | if (f) |
| 3501 | { |
| 3502 | if (f->async_visible == 0) |
| 3503 | { |
| 3504 | f->async_visible = 1; |
| 3505 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 3506 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 3507 | } |
| 3508 | else |
| 3509 | dumprectangle (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, |
| 3510 | event.xexpose.window), |
| 3511 | event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y, |
| 3512 | event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height); |
| 3513 | } |
| 3514 | else |
| 3515 | { |
| 3516 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 3517 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xexpose.window); |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 | if (bar) |
| 3520 | x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, &event); |
| 3521 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 3522 | else |
| 3523 | goto OTHER; |
| 3524 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 3525 | } |
| 3526 | break; |
| 3527 | |
| 3528 | case GraphicsExpose: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's |
| 3529 | source area was obscured or not |
| 3530 | available.*/ |
| 3531 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xgraphicsexpose.drawable); |
| 3532 | if (f) |
| 3533 | { |
| 3534 | dumprectangle (f, |
| 3535 | event.xgraphicsexpose.x, event.xgraphicsexpose.y, |
| 3536 | event.xgraphicsexpose.width, |
| 3537 | event.xgraphicsexpose.height); |
| 3538 | } |
| 3539 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 3540 | else |
| 3541 | goto OTHER; |
| 3542 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 3543 | break; |
| 3544 | |
| 3545 | case NoExpose: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's |
| 3546 | source area was completely |
| 3547 | available */ |
| 3548 | break; |
| 3549 | |
| 3550 | case UnmapNotify: |
| 3551 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xunmap.window); |
| 3552 | if (f) /* F may no longer exist if |
| 3553 | the frame was deleted. */ |
| 3554 | { |
| 3555 | /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is |
| 3556 | disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a |
| 3557 | display that won't ever be seen. */ |
| 3558 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 3559 | /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window |
| 3560 | has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it |
| 3561 | was previously visible, than now it is iconified. |
| 3562 | We depend on x_make_frame_invisible to mark it invisible. */ |
| 3563 | if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)) |
| 3564 | f->async_iconified = 1; |
| 3565 | |
| 3566 | bufp->kind = iconify_event; |
| 3567 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 3568 | bufp++; |
| 3569 | count++; |
| 3570 | numchars--; |
| 3571 | } |
| 3572 | goto OTHER; |
| 3573 | |
| 3574 | case MapNotify: |
| 3575 | /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can come |
| 3576 | for subwindows and they don't mean that the frame is visible. */ |
| 3577 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmap.window); |
| 3578 | if (f) |
| 3579 | { |
| 3580 | f->async_visible = 1; |
| 3581 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 3582 | |
| 3583 | /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update |
| 3584 | the frame's display structures. */ |
| 3585 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 3586 | |
| 3587 | if (f->iconified) |
| 3588 | { |
| 3589 | bufp->kind = deiconify_event; |
| 3590 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 3591 | bufp++; |
| 3592 | count++; |
| 3593 | numchars--; |
| 3594 | } |
| 3595 | else if (! NILP(Vframe_list) |
| 3596 | && ! NILP (XCONS (Vframe_list)->cdr)) |
| 3597 | /* Force a redisplay sooner or later |
| 3598 | to update the frame titles |
| 3599 | in case this is the second frame. */ |
| 3600 | record_asynch_buffer_change (); |
| 3601 | } |
| 3602 | goto OTHER; |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 | /* Turn off processing if we become fully obscured. */ |
| 3605 | case VisibilityNotify: |
| 3606 | break; |
| 3607 | |
| 3608 | case KeyPress: |
| 3609 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xkey.window); |
| 3610 | |
| 3611 | if (f != 0) |
| 3612 | { |
| 3613 | KeySym keysym, orig_keysym; |
| 3614 | /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81 instead of |
| 3615 | 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made his Emacs hang. */ |
| 3616 | unsigned char copy_buffer[81]; |
| 3617 | int modifiers; |
| 3618 | |
| 3619 | event.xkey.state |
| 3620 | |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), |
| 3621 | extra_keyboard_modifiers); |
| 3622 | modifiers = event.xkey.state; |
| 3623 | |
| 3624 | /* This will have to go some day... */ |
| 3625 | |
| 3626 | /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars. |
| 3627 | Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */ |
| 3628 | event.xkey.state &= ~ControlMask; |
| 3629 | event.xkey.state &= ~(dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask |
| 3630 | | dpyinfo->super_mod_mask |
| 3631 | | dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask |
| 3632 | | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask); |
| 3633 | |
| 3634 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 3635 | if (FRAME_XIC (f)) |
| 3636 | { |
| 3637 | /* The necessity of the following line took me |
| 3638 | a full work-day to decipher from the docs!! */ |
| 3639 | if (XFilterEvent (&event, None)) |
| 3640 | break; |
| 3641 | nbytes = XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f), |
| 3642 | &event.xkey, copy_buffer, |
| 3643 | 80, &keysym, |
| 3644 | &status_return); |
| 3645 | } |
| 3646 | else |
| 3647 | nbytes = XLookupString (&event.xkey, copy_buffer, |
| 3648 | 80, &keysym, &compose_status); |
| 3649 | #else |
| 3650 | nbytes = XLookupString (&event.xkey, copy_buffer, |
| 3651 | 80, &keysym, &compose_status); |
| 3652 | #endif |
| 3653 | |
| 3654 | orig_keysym = keysym; |
| 3655 | |
| 3656 | if (numchars > 1) |
| 3657 | { |
| 3658 | if (((keysym >= XK_BackSpace && keysym <= XK_Escape) |
| 3659 | || keysym == XK_Delete |
| 3660 | || IsCursorKey (keysym) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */ |
| 3661 | || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */ |
| 3662 | #ifdef HPUX |
| 3663 | /* This recognizes the "extended function keys". |
| 3664 | It seems there's no cleaner way. |
| 3665 | Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling mode_switch |
| 3666 | incorrectly. */ |
| 3667 | || ((unsigned) (keysym) >= XK_Select |
| 3668 | && (unsigned)(keysym) < XK_KP_Space) |
| 3669 | #endif |
| 3670 | #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex |
| 3671 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_circumflex |
| 3672 | #endif |
| 3673 | #ifdef XK_dead_grave |
| 3674 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_grave |
| 3675 | #endif |
| 3676 | #ifdef XK_dead_tilde |
| 3677 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_tilde |
| 3678 | #endif |
| 3679 | #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis |
| 3680 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_diaeresis |
| 3681 | #endif |
| 3682 | #ifdef XK_dead_macron |
| 3683 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_macron |
| 3684 | #endif |
| 3685 | #ifdef XK_dead_degree |
| 3686 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_degree |
| 3687 | #endif |
| 3688 | #ifdef XK_dead_acute |
| 3689 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_acute |
| 3690 | #endif |
| 3691 | #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla |
| 3692 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_cedilla |
| 3693 | #endif |
| 3694 | #ifdef XK_dead_breve |
| 3695 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_breve |
| 3696 | #endif |
| 3697 | #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek |
| 3698 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_ogonek |
| 3699 | #endif |
| 3700 | #ifdef XK_dead_caron |
| 3701 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_caron |
| 3702 | #endif |
| 3703 | #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute |
| 3704 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_doubleacute |
| 3705 | #endif |
| 3706 | #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot |
| 3707 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_abovedot |
| 3708 | #endif |
| 3709 | || IsKeypadKey (keysym) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */ |
| 3710 | || IsFunctionKey (keysym) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */ |
| 3711 | /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */ |
| 3712 | || (orig_keysym & (1 << 28))) |
| 3713 | && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym) |
| 3714 | #ifndef HAVE_X11R5 |
| 3715 | #ifdef XK_Mode_switch |
| 3716 | || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym) == XK_Mode_switch) |
| 3717 | #endif |
| 3718 | #ifdef XK_Num_Lock |
| 3719 | || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym) == XK_Num_Lock) |
| 3720 | #endif |
| 3721 | #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */ |
| 3722 | )) |
| 3723 | { |
| 3724 | if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) |
| 3725 | temp_index = 0; |
| 3726 | temp_buffer[temp_index++] = keysym; |
| 3727 | bufp->kind = non_ascii_keystroke; |
| 3728 | bufp->code = keysym; |
| 3729 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 3730 | bufp->modifiers |
| 3731 | = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), |
| 3732 | modifiers); |
| 3733 | bufp->timestamp = event.xkey.time; |
| 3734 | bufp++; |
| 3735 | count++; |
| 3736 | numchars--; |
| 3737 | } |
| 3738 | else if (numchars > nbytes) |
| 3739 | { |
| 3740 | register int i; |
| 3741 | |
| 3742 | for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++) |
| 3743 | { |
| 3744 | if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) |
| 3745 | temp_index = 0; |
| 3746 | temp_buffer[temp_index++] = copy_buffer[i]; |
| 3747 | bufp->kind = ascii_keystroke; |
| 3748 | bufp->code = copy_buffer[i]; |
| 3749 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 3750 | bufp->modifiers |
| 3751 | = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), |
| 3752 | modifiers); |
| 3753 | bufp->timestamp = event.xkey.time; |
| 3754 | bufp++; |
| 3755 | } |
| 3756 | |
| 3757 | count += nbytes; |
| 3758 | numchars -= nbytes; |
| 3759 | } |
| 3760 | else |
| 3761 | abort (); |
| 3762 | } |
| 3763 | else |
| 3764 | abort (); |
| 3765 | } |
| 3766 | goto OTHER; |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 | /* Here's a possible interpretation of the whole |
| 3769 | FocusIn-EnterNotify FocusOut-LeaveNotify mess. If you get a |
| 3770 | FocusIn event, you have to get a FocusOut event before you |
| 3771 | relinquish the focus. If you haven't received a FocusIn event, |
| 3772 | then a mere LeaveNotify is enough to free you. */ |
| 3773 | |
| 3774 | case EnterNotify: |
| 3775 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window); |
| 3776 | |
| 3777 | if (event.xcrossing.focus) /* Entered Window */ |
| 3778 | { |
| 3779 | /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */ |
| 3780 | if (f && (!(f->auto_raise) |
| 3781 | || !(f->auto_lower) |
| 3782 | || (event.xcrossing.time - enter_timestamp) > 500)) |
| 3783 | { |
| 3784 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f); |
| 3785 | enter_timestamp = event.xcrossing.time; |
| 3786 | } |
| 3787 | } |
| 3788 | else if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 3789 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0); |
| 3790 | /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement, |
| 3791 | so update things that depend on mouse position. */ |
| 3792 | if (f) |
| 3793 | note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion); |
| 3794 | goto OTHER; |
| 3795 | |
| 3796 | case FocusIn: |
| 3797 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xfocus.window); |
| 3798 | if (event.xfocus.detail != NotifyPointer) |
| 3799 | dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = f; |
| 3800 | if (f) |
| 3801 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f); |
| 3802 | |
| 3803 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 3804 | if (f && FRAME_XIC (f)) |
| 3805 | XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f)); |
| 3806 | #endif |
| 3807 | |
| 3808 | goto OTHER; |
| 3809 | |
| 3810 | case LeaveNotify: |
| 3811 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window); |
| 3812 | if (f) |
| 3813 | { |
| 3814 | if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 3815 | /* If we move outside the frame, |
| 3816 | then we're certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ |
| 3817 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 3818 | |
| 3819 | if (event.xcrossing.focus) |
| 3820 | x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo); |
| 3821 | else |
| 3822 | { |
| 3823 | if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame) |
| 3824 | dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 3825 | if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 3826 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0); |
| 3827 | } |
| 3828 | } |
| 3829 | goto OTHER; |
| 3830 | |
| 3831 | case FocusOut: |
| 3832 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xfocus.window); |
| 3833 | if (event.xfocus.detail != NotifyPointer |
| 3834 | && f == dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame) |
| 3835 | dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 3836 | if (f && f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 3837 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0); |
| 3838 | |
| 3839 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 3840 | if (f && FRAME_XIC (f)) |
| 3841 | XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f)); |
| 3842 | #endif |
| 3843 | |
| 3844 | goto OTHER; |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 | case MotionNotify: |
| 3847 | { |
| 3848 | if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 3849 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 3850 | f = last_mouse_frame; |
| 3851 | else |
| 3852 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmotion.window); |
| 3853 | if (f) |
| 3854 | note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion); |
| 3855 | else |
| 3856 | { |
| 3857 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 3858 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xmotion.window); |
| 3859 | |
| 3860 | if (bar) |
| 3861 | x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, &event); |
| 3862 | |
| 3863 | /* If we move outside the frame, |
| 3864 | then we're certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ |
| 3865 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 3866 | } |
| 3867 | } |
| 3868 | goto OTHER; |
| 3869 | |
| 3870 | case ConfigureNotify: |
| 3871 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xconfigure.window); |
| 3872 | if (f |
| 3873 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 3874 | && (event.xconfigure.window == XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget)) |
| 3875 | #endif |
| 3876 | ) |
| 3877 | { |
| 3878 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 3879 | /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size |
| 3880 | is called by the code that handles resizing |
| 3881 | of the EmacsFrame widget. */ |
| 3882 | |
| 3883 | int rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, event.xconfigure.height); |
| 3884 | int columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, event.xconfigure.width); |
| 3885 | |
| 3886 | /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has |
| 3887 | not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need |
| 3888 | to check the pixel dimensions as well. */ |
| 3889 | if (columns != f->width |
| 3890 | || rows != f->height |
| 3891 | || event.xconfigure.width != f->output_data.x->pixel_width |
| 3892 | || event.xconfigure.height != f->output_data.x->pixel_height) |
| 3893 | { |
| 3894 | change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1); |
| 3895 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 3896 | } |
| 3897 | #endif |
| 3898 | |
| 3899 | /* Formerly, in the USE_X_TOOLKIT version, |
| 3900 | we did not test send_event here. */ |
| 3901 | if (1 |
| 3902 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 3903 | && ! event.xconfigure.send_event |
| 3904 | #endif |
| 3905 | ) |
| 3906 | { |
| 3907 | Window win, child; |
| 3908 | int win_x, win_y; |
| 3909 | |
| 3910 | /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of |
| 3911 | the window, in the root coordinate system. Don't |
| 3912 | refer to the parent window here; we may be processing |
| 3913 | this event after the window manager has changed our |
| 3914 | parent, but before we have reached the ReparentNotify. */ |
| 3915 | XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 3916 | |
| 3917 | /* From-window, to-window. */ |
| 3918 | event.xconfigure.window, |
| 3919 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window, |
| 3920 | |
| 3921 | /* From-position, to-position. */ |
| 3922 | -event.xconfigure.border_width, |
| 3923 | -event.xconfigure.border_width, |
| 3924 | &win_x, &win_y, |
| 3925 | |
| 3926 | /* Child of win. */ |
| 3927 | &child); |
| 3928 | event.xconfigure.x = win_x; |
| 3929 | event.xconfigure.y = win_y; |
| 3930 | } |
| 3931 | |
| 3932 | f->output_data.x->pixel_width = event.xconfigure.width; |
| 3933 | f->output_data.x->pixel_height = event.xconfigure.height; |
| 3934 | f->output_data.x->left_pos = event.xconfigure.x; |
| 3935 | f->output_data.x->top_pos = event.xconfigure.y; |
| 3936 | |
| 3937 | /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window. |
| 3938 | Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */ |
| 3939 | { |
| 3940 | int x, y; |
| 3941 | x_real_positions (f, &x, &y); |
| 3942 | f->output_data.x->left_pos = x; |
| 3943 | f->output_data.x->top_pos = y; |
| 3944 | /* Formerly we did not do this in the USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 3945 | version. Let's try making them the same. */ |
| 3946 | /* #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 3947 | if (y != event.xconfigure.y) |
| 3948 | { |
| 3949 | /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now, |
| 3950 | we must put them below top_pos in the future. */ |
| 3951 | f->output_data.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 3952 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); |
| 3953 | } |
| 3954 | /* #endif */ |
| 3955 | } |
| 3956 | } |
| 3957 | goto OTHER; |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 | case ButtonPress: |
| 3960 | case ButtonRelease: |
| 3961 | { |
| 3962 | /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen |
| 3963 | by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */ |
| 3964 | struct input_event emacs_event; |
| 3965 | emacs_event.kind = no_event; |
| 3966 | |
| 3967 | bzero (&compose_status, sizeof (compose_status)); |
| 3968 | |
| 3969 | if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 3970 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 3971 | f = last_mouse_frame; |
| 3972 | else |
| 3973 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xbutton.window); |
| 3974 | |
| 3975 | if (f) |
| 3976 | { |
| 3977 | if (!dpyinfo->x_focus_frame || f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 3978 | construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event, &event, f); |
| 3979 | } |
| 3980 | else |
| 3981 | { |
| 3982 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 3983 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xbutton.window); |
| 3984 | |
| 3985 | if (bar) |
| 3986 | x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &event, &emacs_event); |
| 3987 | } |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 | if (event.type == ButtonPress) |
| 3990 | { |
| 3991 | dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << event.xbutton.button); |
| 3992 | last_mouse_frame = f; |
| 3993 | } |
| 3994 | else |
| 3995 | { |
| 3996 | dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~(1 << event.xbutton.button); |
| 3997 | } |
| 3998 | |
| 3999 | if (numchars >= 1 && emacs_event.kind != no_event) |
| 4000 | { |
| 4001 | bcopy (&emacs_event, bufp, sizeof (struct input_event)); |
| 4002 | bufp++; |
| 4003 | count++; |
| 4004 | numchars--; |
| 4005 | } |
| 4006 | |
| 4007 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 4008 | f = x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xbutton.window); |
| 4009 | /* For a down-event in the menu bar, |
| 4010 | don't pass it to Xt right now. |
| 4011 | Instead, save it away |
| 4012 | and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event. |
| 4013 | That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */ |
| 4014 | if (f && event.type == ButtonPress |
| 4015 | /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar |
| 4016 | and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */ |
| 4017 | && event.xbutton.x >= 0 |
| 4018 | && event.xbutton.x < f->output_data.x->pixel_width |
| 4019 | && event.xbutton.y >= 0 |
| 4020 | && event.xbutton.y < f->output_data.x->menubar_height |
| 4021 | && event.xbutton.same_screen) |
| 4022 | { |
| 4023 | if (f->output_data.x->saved_button_event == 0) |
| 4024 | f->output_data.x->saved_button_event |
| 4025 | = (XButtonEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XButtonEvent)); |
| 4026 | bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_button_event, |
| 4027 | sizeof (XButtonEvent)); |
| 4028 | if (numchars >= 1) |
| 4029 | { |
| 4030 | bufp->kind = menu_bar_activate_event; |
| 4031 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 4032 | bufp++; |
| 4033 | count++; |
| 4034 | numchars--; |
| 4035 | } |
| 4036 | } |
| 4037 | else |
| 4038 | goto OTHER; |
| 4039 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 4040 | } |
| 4041 | break; |
| 4042 | |
| 4043 | case CirculateNotify: |
| 4044 | break; |
| 4045 | case CirculateRequest: |
| 4046 | break; |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 | case MappingNotify: |
| 4049 | /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the |
| 4050 | local cache. */ |
| 4051 | switch (event.xmapping.request) |
| 4052 | { |
| 4053 | case MappingModifier: |
| 4054 | x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo); |
| 4055 | /* This is meant to fall through. */ |
| 4056 | case MappingKeyboard: |
| 4057 | XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event.xmapping); |
| 4058 | } |
| 4059 | goto OTHER; |
| 4060 | |
| 4061 | default: |
| 4062 | OTHER: |
| 4063 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 4064 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4065 | XtDispatchEvent (&event); |
| 4066 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4067 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 4068 | break; |
| 4069 | } |
| 4070 | } |
| 4071 | } |
| 4072 | |
| 4073 | /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events |
| 4074 | when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */ |
| 4075 | if (! event_found) |
| 4076 | { |
| 4077 | /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time. |
| 4078 | One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate. |
| 4079 | B. Bretthauer, 1994 */ |
| 4080 | x_noop_count++; |
| 4081 | if (x_noop_count >= 100) |
| 4082 | { |
| 4083 | x_noop_count=0; |
| 4084 | |
| 4085 | if (next_noop_dpyinfo == 0) |
| 4086 | next_noop_dpyinfo = x_display_list; |
| 4087 | |
| 4088 | XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo->display); |
| 4089 | |
| 4090 | /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */ |
| 4091 | next_noop_dpyinfo = next_noop_dpyinfo->next; |
| 4092 | } |
| 4093 | } |
| 4094 | |
| 4095 | /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame, |
| 4096 | raise it now. */ |
| 4097 | /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */ |
| 4098 | if (pending_autoraise_frame) |
| 4099 | { |
| 4100 | x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame); |
| 4101 | pending_autoraise_frame = 0; |
| 4102 | } |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4105 | return count; |
| 4106 | } |
| 4107 | \f |
| 4108 | /* Drawing the cursor. */ |
| 4109 | |
| 4110 | |
| 4111 | /* Draw a hollow box cursor on frame F at X, Y. |
| 4112 | Don't change the inside of the box. */ |
| 4113 | |
| 4114 | static void |
| 4115 | x_draw_box (f, x, y) |
| 4116 | struct frame *f; |
| 4117 | int x, y; |
| 4118 | { |
| 4119 | int left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x); |
| 4120 | int top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y); |
| 4121 | int width = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font); |
| 4122 | int height = f->output_data.x->line_height; |
| 4123 | |
| 4124 | XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 4125 | f->output_data.x->cursor_gc, |
| 4126 | left, top, width - 1, height - 1); |
| 4127 | } |
| 4128 | |
| 4129 | /* Clear the cursor of frame F to background color, |
| 4130 | and mark the cursor as not shown. |
| 4131 | This is used when the text where the cursor is |
| 4132 | is about to be rewritten. */ |
| 4133 | |
| 4134 | static void |
| 4135 | clear_cursor (f) |
| 4136 | struct frame *f; |
| 4137 | { |
| 4138 | int mask; |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) |
| 4141 | || f->phys_cursor_x < 0) |
| 4142 | return; |
| 4143 | |
| 4144 | x_display_cursor (f, 0); |
| 4145 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; |
| 4146 | } |
| 4147 | |
| 4148 | /* Redraw the glyph at ROW, COLUMN on frame F, in the style |
| 4149 | HIGHLIGHT. HIGHLIGHT is as defined for dumpglyphs. Return the |
| 4150 | glyph drawn. */ |
| 4151 | |
| 4152 | static void |
| 4153 | x_draw_single_glyph (f, row, column, glyph, highlight) |
| 4154 | struct frame *f; |
| 4155 | int row, column; |
| 4156 | GLYPH glyph; |
| 4157 | int highlight; |
| 4158 | { |
| 4159 | dumpglyphs (f, |
| 4160 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, column), |
| 4161 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, row), |
| 4162 | &glyph, 1, highlight, 0); |
| 4163 | } |
| 4164 | |
| 4165 | static void |
| 4166 | x_display_bar_cursor (f, on, x, y) |
| 4167 | struct frame *f; |
| 4168 | int on; |
| 4169 | int x, y; |
| 4170 | { |
| 4171 | struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f); |
| 4172 | |
| 4173 | /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged |
| 4174 | frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of |
| 4175 | changing its size, and x and y may be off the frame. */ |
| 4176 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) |
| 4177 | return; |
| 4178 | |
| 4179 | if (! on && f->phys_cursor_x < 0) |
| 4180 | return; |
| 4181 | |
| 4182 | /* If there is anything wrong with the current cursor state, remove it. */ |
| 4183 | if (f->phys_cursor_x >= 0 |
| 4184 | && (!on |
| 4185 | || f->phys_cursor_x != x |
| 4186 | || f->phys_cursor_y != y |
| 4187 | || f->output_data.x->current_cursor != bar_cursor)) |
| 4188 | { |
| 4189 | /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */ |
| 4190 | x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x, |
| 4191 | f->phys_cursor_glyph, |
| 4192 | current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y]); |
| 4193 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; |
| 4194 | } |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 | /* If we now need a cursor in the new place or in the new form, do it so. */ |
| 4197 | if (on |
| 4198 | && (f->phys_cursor_x < 0 |
| 4199 | || (f->output_data.x->current_cursor != bar_cursor))) |
| 4200 | { |
| 4201 | f->phys_cursor_glyph |
| 4202 | = ((current_glyphs->enable[y] |
| 4203 | && x < current_glyphs->used[y]) |
| 4204 | ? current_glyphs->glyphs[y][x] |
| 4205 | : SPACEGLYPH); |
| 4206 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 4207 | f->output_data.x->cursor_gc, |
| 4208 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x), |
| 4209 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y), |
| 4210 | max (f->output_data.x->cursor_width, 1), |
| 4211 | f->output_data.x->line_height); |
| 4212 | |
| 4213 | f->phys_cursor_x = x; |
| 4214 | f->phys_cursor_y = y; |
| 4215 | |
| 4216 | f->output_data.x->current_cursor = bar_cursor; |
| 4217 | } |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 | if (updating_frame != f) |
| 4220 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 4221 | } |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 | |
| 4224 | /* Turn the displayed cursor of frame F on or off according to ON. |
| 4225 | If ON is nonzero, where to put the cursor is specified by X and Y. */ |
| 4226 | |
| 4227 | static void |
| 4228 | x_display_box_cursor (f, on, x, y) |
| 4229 | struct frame *f; |
| 4230 | int on; |
| 4231 | int x, y; |
| 4232 | { |
| 4233 | struct frame_glyphs *current_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f); |
| 4234 | |
| 4235 | /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged |
| 4236 | frames; in the latter case, the frame may be in the midst of |
| 4237 | changing its size, and x and y may be off the frame. */ |
| 4238 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) |
| 4239 | return; |
| 4240 | |
| 4241 | /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */ |
| 4242 | if (!on && f->phys_cursor_x < 0) |
| 4243 | return; |
| 4244 | |
| 4245 | /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be |
| 4246 | or it is in the wrong place, |
| 4247 | or we want a hollow box and it's not so, (pout!) |
| 4248 | erase it. */ |
| 4249 | if (f->phys_cursor_x >= 0 |
| 4250 | && (!on |
| 4251 | || f->phys_cursor_x != x |
| 4252 | || f->phys_cursor_y != y |
| 4253 | || (f->output_data.x->current_cursor != hollow_box_cursor |
| 4254 | && (f != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame)))) |
| 4255 | { |
| 4256 | int mouse_face_here = 0; |
| 4257 | struct frame_glyphs *active_glyphs = FRAME_CURRENT_GLYPHS (f); |
| 4258 | |
| 4259 | /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when |
| 4260 | we clear the cursor. */ |
| 4261 | if (f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_mouse_frame |
| 4262 | && |
| 4263 | (f->phys_cursor_y > FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 4264 | || (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 4265 | && f->phys_cursor_x >= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_beg_col)) |
| 4266 | && |
| 4267 | (f->phys_cursor_y < FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row |
| 4268 | || (f->phys_cursor_y == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_row |
| 4269 | && f->phys_cursor_x < FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_end_col)) |
| 4270 | /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face |
| 4271 | if it is at the end of a line (on a newline). |
| 4272 | The cursor appears there, but mouse highlighting does not. */ |
| 4273 | && active_glyphs->used[f->phys_cursor_y] > f->phys_cursor_x) |
| 4274 | mouse_face_here = 1; |
| 4275 | |
| 4276 | /* If the font is not as tall as a whole line, |
| 4277 | we must explicitly clear the line's whole height. */ |
| 4278 | if (FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.x->font) != f->output_data.x->line_height) |
| 4279 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 4280 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, f->phys_cursor_x), |
| 4281 | CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, f->phys_cursor_y), |
| 4282 | FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font), |
| 4283 | f->output_data.x->line_height, False); |
| 4284 | /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */ |
| 4285 | x_draw_single_glyph (f, f->phys_cursor_y, f->phys_cursor_x, |
| 4286 | f->phys_cursor_glyph, |
| 4287 | (mouse_face_here |
| 4288 | ? 3 |
| 4289 | : current_glyphs->highlight[f->phys_cursor_y])); |
| 4290 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; |
| 4291 | } |
| 4292 | |
| 4293 | /* If we want to show a cursor, |
| 4294 | or we want a box cursor and it's not so, |
| 4295 | write it in the right place. */ |
| 4296 | if (on |
| 4297 | && (f->phys_cursor_x < 0 |
| 4298 | || (f->output_data.x->current_cursor != filled_box_cursor |
| 4299 | && f == FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame))) |
| 4300 | { |
| 4301 | f->phys_cursor_glyph |
| 4302 | = ((current_glyphs->enable[y] |
| 4303 | && x < current_glyphs->used[y]) |
| 4304 | ? current_glyphs->glyphs[y][x] |
| 4305 | : SPACEGLYPH); |
| 4306 | if (f != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame) |
| 4307 | { |
| 4308 | x_draw_box (f, x, y); |
| 4309 | f->output_data.x->current_cursor = hollow_box_cursor; |
| 4310 | } |
| 4311 | else |
| 4312 | { |
| 4313 | x_draw_single_glyph (f, y, x, |
| 4314 | f->phys_cursor_glyph, 2); |
| 4315 | f->output_data.x->current_cursor = filled_box_cursor; |
| 4316 | } |
| 4317 | |
| 4318 | f->phys_cursor_x = x; |
| 4319 | f->phys_cursor_y = y; |
| 4320 | } |
| 4321 | |
| 4322 | if (updating_frame != f) |
| 4323 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 4324 | } |
| 4325 | |
| 4326 | /* Display the cursor on frame F, or clear it, according to ON. |
| 4327 | Use the position specified by curs_x and curs_y |
| 4328 | if we are doing an update of frame F now. |
| 4329 | Otherwise use the position in the FRAME_CURSOR_X and FRAME_CURSOR_Y fields |
| 4330 | of F. */ |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 | x_display_cursor (f, on) |
| 4333 | struct frame *f; |
| 4334 | int on; |
| 4335 | { |
| 4336 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 | /* If we're not updating, then don't change the physical cursor |
| 4339 | position. Just change (if appropriate) the style of display. */ |
| 4340 | if (f != updating_frame) |
| 4341 | { |
| 4342 | curs_x = FRAME_CURSOR_X (f); |
| 4343 | curs_y = FRAME_CURSOR_Y (f); |
| 4344 | } |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 | if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == filled_box_cursor) |
| 4347 | x_display_box_cursor (f, on, curs_x, curs_y); |
| 4348 | else if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == bar_cursor) |
| 4349 | x_display_bar_cursor (f, on, curs_x, curs_y); |
| 4350 | else |
| 4351 | /* Those are the only two we have implemented! */ |
| 4352 | abort (); |
| 4353 | |
| 4354 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4355 | } |
| 4356 | |
| 4357 | /* Display the cursor on frame F, or clear it, according to ON. |
| 4358 | Don't change the cursor's position. */ |
| 4359 | |
| 4360 | x_update_cursor (f, on) |
| 4361 | struct frame *f; |
| 4362 | int on; |
| 4363 | { |
| 4364 | /* If we don't have any previous cursor position to use, |
| 4365 | leave the cursor off. */ |
| 4366 | if (f->phys_cursor_x < 0) |
| 4367 | return; |
| 4368 | |
| 4369 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4370 | |
| 4371 | if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == filled_box_cursor) |
| 4372 | x_display_box_cursor (f, on, f->phys_cursor_x, f->phys_cursor_y); |
| 4373 | else if (FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f) == bar_cursor) |
| 4374 | x_display_bar_cursor (f, on, f->phys_cursor_x, f->phys_cursor_y); |
| 4375 | else |
| 4376 | /* Those are the only two we have implemented! */ |
| 4377 | abort (); |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4380 | } |
| 4381 | \f |
| 4382 | /* Icons. */ |
| 4383 | |
| 4384 | /* Refresh bitmap kitchen sink icon for frame F |
| 4385 | when we get an expose event for it. */ |
| 4386 | |
| 4387 | refreshicon (f) |
| 4388 | struct frame *f; |
| 4389 | { |
| 4390 | /* Normally, the window manager handles this function. */ |
| 4391 | } |
| 4392 | |
| 4393 | /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */ |
| 4394 | |
| 4395 | int |
| 4396 | x_bitmap_icon (f, file) |
| 4397 | struct frame *f; |
| 4398 | Lisp_Object file; |
| 4399 | { |
| 4400 | int mask, bitmap_id; |
| 4401 | Window icon_window; |
| 4402 | |
| 4403 | if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0) |
| 4404 | return 1; |
| 4405 | |
| 4406 | /* Free up our existing icon bitmap if any. */ |
| 4407 | if (f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap > 0) |
| 4408 | x_destroy_bitmap (f, f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap); |
| 4409 | f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap = 0; |
| 4410 | |
| 4411 | if (STRINGP (file)) |
| 4412 | bitmap_id = x_create_bitmap_from_file (f, file); |
| 4413 | else |
| 4414 | { |
| 4415 | /* Create the GNU bitmap if necessary. */ |
| 4416 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id < 0) |
| 4417 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id |
| 4418 | = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f, gnu_bits, |
| 4419 | gnu_width, gnu_height); |
| 4420 | |
| 4421 | /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap, |
| 4422 | this increments the refcount one extra time. |
| 4423 | As a result, the GNU bitmap is never freed. |
| 4424 | That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */ |
| 4425 | x_reference_bitmap (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id); |
| 4426 | |
| 4427 | bitmap_id = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id; |
| 4428 | } |
| 4429 | |
| 4430 | x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, bitmap_id); |
| 4431 | f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap = bitmap_id; |
| 4432 | |
| 4433 | return 0; |
| 4434 | } |
| 4435 | |
| 4436 | |
| 4437 | /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text. |
| 4438 | Use ICON_NAME as the text. */ |
| 4439 | |
| 4440 | int |
| 4441 | x_text_icon (f, icon_name) |
| 4442 | struct frame *f; |
| 4443 | char *icon_name; |
| 4444 | { |
| 4445 | if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0) |
| 4446 | return 1; |
| 4447 | |
| 4448 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 4449 | { |
| 4450 | XTextProperty text; |
| 4451 | text.value = (unsigned char *) icon_name; |
| 4452 | text.encoding = XA_STRING; |
| 4453 | text.format = 8; |
| 4454 | text.nitems = strlen (icon_name); |
| 4455 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 4456 | XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget), |
| 4457 | &text); |
| 4458 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 4459 | XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), &text); |
| 4460 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 4461 | } |
| 4462 | #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */ |
| 4463 | XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), icon_name); |
| 4464 | #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */ |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 | if (f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap > 0) |
| 4467 | x_destroy_bitmap (f, f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap); |
| 4468 | f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap = 0; |
| 4469 | x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, 0); |
| 4470 | |
| 4471 | return 0; |
| 4472 | } |
| 4473 | \f |
| 4474 | /* Handling X errors. */ |
| 4475 | |
| 4476 | /* Handle the loss of connection to display DISPLAY. */ |
| 4477 | |
| 4478 | static SIGTYPE |
| 4479 | x_connection_closed (display, error_message) |
| 4480 | Display *display; |
| 4481 | char *error_message; |
| 4482 | { |
| 4483 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (display); |
| 4484 | Lisp_Object frame, tail; |
| 4485 | |
| 4486 | /* Indicate that this display is dead. */ |
| 4487 | |
| 4488 | dpyinfo->display = 0; |
| 4489 | |
| 4490 | /* First delete frames whose minibuffers are on frames |
| 4491 | that are on the dead display. */ |
| 4492 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 4493 | { |
| 4494 | Lisp_Object minibuf_frame; |
| 4495 | minibuf_frame |
| 4496 | = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame)))); |
| 4497 | if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame)) |
| 4498 | && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame)) |
| 4499 | && ! EQ (frame, minibuf_frame) |
| 4500 | && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame)) == dpyinfo) |
| 4501 | Fdelete_frame (frame, Qt); |
| 4502 | } |
| 4503 | |
| 4504 | /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display. |
| 4505 | We are now sure none of these is used as the minibuffer |
| 4506 | for another frame that we need to delete. */ |
| 4507 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 4508 | if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame)) |
| 4509 | && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame)) == dpyinfo) |
| 4510 | { |
| 4511 | /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused |
| 4512 | trying to find a replacement. */ |
| 4513 | FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame = Qt; |
| 4514 | Fdelete_frame (frame, Qt); |
| 4515 | } |
| 4516 | |
| 4517 | if (dpyinfo) |
| 4518 | x_delete_display (dpyinfo); |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 | if (x_display_list == 0) |
| 4521 | { |
| 4522 | fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", error_message); |
| 4523 | shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil); |
| 4524 | exit (70); |
| 4525 | } |
| 4526 | |
| 4527 | /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */ |
| 4528 | #ifdef SIGIO |
| 4529 | sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO)); |
| 4530 | #endif |
| 4531 | sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM)); |
| 4532 | TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4533 | |
| 4534 | clear_waiting_for_input (); |
| 4535 | error ("%s", error_message); |
| 4536 | } |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 | /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors. |
| 4539 | It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for. |
| 4540 | If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */ |
| 4541 | |
| 4542 | static int |
| 4543 | x_error_quitter (display, error) |
| 4544 | Display *display; |
| 4545 | XErrorEvent *error; |
| 4546 | { |
| 4547 | char buf[256], buf1[356]; |
| 4548 | |
| 4549 | /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the |
| 4550 | original error handler. */ |
| 4551 | |
| 4552 | XGetErrorText (display, error->error_code, buf, sizeof (buf)); |
| 4553 | sprintf (buf1, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d", |
| 4554 | buf, error->request_code); |
| 4555 | x_connection_closed (display, buf1); |
| 4556 | } |
| 4557 | |
| 4558 | /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always. |
| 4559 | It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with. |
| 4560 | If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */ |
| 4561 | |
| 4562 | static int |
| 4563 | x_io_error_quitter (display) |
| 4564 | Display *display; |
| 4565 | { |
| 4566 | char buf[256]; |
| 4567 | |
| 4568 | sprintf (buf, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display)); |
| 4569 | x_connection_closed (display, buf); |
| 4570 | } |
| 4571 | \f |
| 4572 | /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server |
| 4573 | simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal. |
| 4574 | Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the |
| 4575 | SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler, |
| 4576 | which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */ |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 | static SIGTYPE |
| 4579 | x_connection_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ |
| 4580 | int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ |
| 4581 | { |
| 4582 | #ifdef USG |
| 4583 | /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used; |
| 4584 | must reestablish each time */ |
| 4585 | signal (signalnum, x_connection_signal); |
| 4586 | #endif /* USG */ |
| 4587 | } |
| 4588 | \f |
| 4589 | /* A buffer for storing X error messages. */ |
| 4590 | static char *x_caught_error_message; |
| 4591 | #define X_CAUGHT_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200 |
| 4592 | |
| 4593 | /* An X error handler which stores the error message in |
| 4594 | x_caught_error_message. This is what's installed when |
| 4595 | x_catch_errors is in effect. */ |
| 4596 | |
| 4597 | static int |
| 4598 | x_error_catcher (display, error) |
| 4599 | Display *display; |
| 4600 | XErrorEvent *error; |
| 4601 | { |
| 4602 | XGetErrorText (display, error->error_code, |
| 4603 | x_caught_error_message, X_CAUGHT_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE); |
| 4604 | } |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors |
| 4608 | for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually |
| 4609 | operating on. |
| 4610 | |
| 4611 | After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause |
| 4612 | Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in x_cfc_error_message. |
| 4613 | |
| 4614 | Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has |
| 4615 | occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors. |
| 4616 | |
| 4617 | Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */ |
| 4618 | |
| 4619 | void x_catch_errors (), x_check_errors (), x_uncatch_errors (); |
| 4620 | |
| 4621 | void |
| 4622 | x_catch_errors (dpy) |
| 4623 | Display *dpy; |
| 4624 | { |
| 4625 | /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */ |
| 4626 | XSync (dpy, False); |
| 4627 | |
| 4628 | /* Set up the error buffer. */ |
| 4629 | x_caught_error_message |
| 4630 | = (char*) xmalloc (X_CAUGHT_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE); |
| 4631 | x_caught_error_message[0] = '\0'; |
| 4632 | |
| 4633 | /* Install our little error handler. */ |
| 4634 | XSetErrorHandler (x_error_catcher); |
| 4635 | } |
| 4636 | |
| 4637 | /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to |
| 4638 | x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using |
| 4639 | sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */ |
| 4640 | |
| 4641 | void |
| 4642 | x_check_errors (dpy, format) |
| 4643 | Display *dpy; |
| 4644 | char *format; |
| 4645 | { |
| 4646 | /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */ |
| 4647 | XSync (dpy, False); |
| 4648 | |
| 4649 | if (x_caught_error_message[0]) |
| 4650 | { |
| 4651 | char buf[X_CAUGHT_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE + 56]; |
| 4652 | |
| 4653 | sprintf (buf, format, x_caught_error_message); |
| 4654 | x_uncatch_errors (dpy); |
| 4655 | error (buf); |
| 4656 | } |
| 4657 | } |
| 4658 | |
| 4659 | /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors since we did x_catch_errors. */ |
| 4660 | |
| 4661 | int |
| 4662 | x_had_errors_p (dpy) |
| 4663 | Display *dpy; |
| 4664 | { |
| 4665 | /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */ |
| 4666 | XSync (dpy, False); |
| 4667 | |
| 4668 | return x_caught_error_message[0] != 0; |
| 4669 | } |
| 4670 | |
| 4671 | /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die. */ |
| 4672 | |
| 4673 | void |
| 4674 | x_uncatch_errors (dpy) |
| 4675 | Display *dpy; |
| 4676 | { |
| 4677 | xfree (x_caught_error_message); |
| 4678 | x_caught_error_message = 0; |
| 4679 | XSetErrorHandler (x_error_quitter); |
| 4680 | } |
| 4681 | |
| 4682 | #if 0 |
| 4683 | static unsigned int x_wire_count; |
| 4684 | x_trace_wire () |
| 4685 | { |
| 4686 | fprintf (stderr, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count); |
| 4687 | } |
| 4688 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
| 4689 | |
| 4690 | \f |
| 4691 | /* Changing the font of the frame. */ |
| 4692 | |
| 4693 | /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and |
| 4694 | return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard |
| 4695 | pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern. |
| 4696 | The return value shows which font we chose. */ |
| 4697 | |
| 4698 | Lisp_Object |
| 4699 | x_new_font (f, fontname) |
| 4700 | struct frame *f; |
| 4701 | register char *fontname; |
| 4702 | { |
| 4703 | int already_loaded; |
| 4704 | int n_matching_fonts; |
| 4705 | XFontStruct *font_info; |
| 4706 | char **font_names; |
| 4707 | |
| 4708 | /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we |
| 4709 | have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts |
| 4710 | we already have by comparing font ids. */ |
| 4711 | font_names = (char **) XListFonts (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), fontname, |
| 4712 | 1024, &n_matching_fonts); |
| 4713 | /* Apparently it doesn't set n_matching_fonts to zero when it can't |
| 4714 | find any matches; font_names == 0 is the only clue. */ |
| 4715 | if (! font_names) |
| 4716 | n_matching_fonts = 0; |
| 4717 | |
| 4718 | /* Don't just give up if n_matching_fonts is 0. |
| 4719 | Apparently there's a bug on Suns: XListFontsWithInfo can |
| 4720 | fail to find a font, but XLoadQueryFont may still find it. */ |
| 4721 | |
| 4722 | /* See if we've already loaded a matching font. */ |
| 4723 | already_loaded = -1; |
| 4724 | if (n_matching_fonts != 0) |
| 4725 | { |
| 4726 | int i, j; |
| 4727 | |
| 4728 | for (i = 0; i < FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts; i++) |
| 4729 | for (j = 0; j < n_matching_fonts; j++) |
| 4730 | if (!strcmp (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[i].name, font_names[j]) |
| 4731 | || !strcmp (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[i].full_name, font_names[j])) |
| 4732 | { |
| 4733 | already_loaded = i; |
| 4734 | fontname = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[i].full_name; |
| 4735 | goto found_font; |
| 4736 | } |
| 4737 | } |
| 4738 | found_font: |
| 4739 | |
| 4740 | /* If we have, just return it from the table. */ |
| 4741 | if (already_loaded >= 0) |
| 4742 | f->output_data.x->font = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[already_loaded].font; |
| 4743 | /* Otherwise, load the font and add it to the table. */ |
| 4744 | else |
| 4745 | { |
| 4746 | int i; |
| 4747 | char *full_name; |
| 4748 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 4749 | int n_fonts; |
| 4750 | Atom FONT_atom; |
| 4751 | |
| 4752 | /* Try to find a character-cell font in the list. */ |
| 4753 | #if 0 |
| 4754 | /* A laudable goal, but this isn't how to do it. */ |
| 4755 | for (i = 0; i < n_matching_fonts; i++) |
| 4756 | if (! font_info[i].per_char) |
| 4757 | break; |
| 4758 | #else |
| 4759 | i = 0; |
| 4760 | #endif |
| 4761 | |
| 4762 | /* See comment above. */ |
| 4763 | if (n_matching_fonts != 0) |
| 4764 | fontname = font_names[i]; |
| 4765 | |
| 4766 | font = (XFontStruct *) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), fontname); |
| 4767 | if (! font) |
| 4768 | { |
| 4769 | /* Free the information from XListFonts. */ |
| 4770 | if (n_matching_fonts) |
| 4771 | XFreeFontNames (font_names); |
| 4772 | return Qnil; |
| 4773 | } |
| 4774 | |
| 4775 | /* Do we need to create the table? */ |
| 4776 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size == 0) |
| 4777 | { |
| 4778 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size = 16; |
| 4779 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table |
| 4780 | = (struct font_info *) xmalloc (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size |
| 4781 | * sizeof (struct font_info)); |
| 4782 | } |
| 4783 | /* Do we need to grow the table? */ |
| 4784 | else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts |
| 4785 | >= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size) |
| 4786 | { |
| 4787 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size *= 2; |
| 4788 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table |
| 4789 | = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table, |
| 4790 | (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table_size |
| 4791 | * sizeof (struct font_info))); |
| 4792 | } |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 | /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in full_name. */ |
| 4795 | full_name = 0; |
| 4796 | FONT_atom = XInternAtom (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), "FONT", False); |
| 4797 | for (i = 0; i < font->n_properties; i++) |
| 4798 | { |
| 4799 | if (FONT_atom == font->properties[i].name) |
| 4800 | { |
| 4801 | char *name = XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 4802 | (Atom) (font->properties[i].card32)); |
| 4803 | char *p = name; |
| 4804 | int dashes = 0; |
| 4805 | |
| 4806 | /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name". |
| 4807 | If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name, |
| 4808 | so don't use it. |
| 4809 | In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names |
| 4810 | stored in them. */ |
| 4811 | while (*p) |
| 4812 | { |
| 4813 | if (*p == '-') |
| 4814 | dashes++; |
| 4815 | p++; |
| 4816 | } |
| 4817 | |
| 4818 | if (dashes >= 13) |
| 4819 | full_name = name; |
| 4820 | |
| 4821 | break; |
| 4822 | } |
| 4823 | } |
| 4824 | |
| 4825 | n_fonts = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts; |
| 4826 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname) + 1); |
| 4827 | bcopy (fontname, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].name, strlen (fontname) + 1); |
| 4828 | if (full_name != 0) |
| 4829 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].full_name = full_name; |
| 4830 | else |
| 4831 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].full_name = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].name; |
| 4832 | f->output_data.x->font = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->font_table[n_fonts].font = font; |
| 4833 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_fonts++; |
| 4834 | |
| 4835 | if (full_name) |
| 4836 | fontname = full_name; |
| 4837 | } |
| 4838 | |
| 4839 | /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */ |
| 4840 | if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0) |
| 4841 | { |
| 4842 | int wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font); |
| 4843 | f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid; |
| 4844 | } |
| 4845 | else |
| 4846 | f->scroll_bar_cols = 2; |
| 4847 | |
| 4848 | /* Now make the frame display the given font. */ |
| 4849 | if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) != 0) |
| 4850 | { |
| 4851 | XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->normal_gc, |
| 4852 | f->output_data.x->font->fid); |
| 4853 | XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->reverse_gc, |
| 4854 | f->output_data.x->font->fid); |
| 4855 | XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->cursor_gc, |
| 4856 | f->output_data.x->font->fid); |
| 4857 | |
| 4858 | frame_update_line_height (f); |
| 4859 | x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height); |
| 4860 | } |
| 4861 | else |
| 4862 | /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time, |
| 4863 | there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */ |
| 4864 | f->output_data.x->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (f->output_data.x->font); |
| 4865 | |
| 4866 | { |
| 4867 | Lisp_Object lispy_name; |
| 4868 | |
| 4869 | lispy_name = build_string (fontname); |
| 4870 | |
| 4871 | /* Free the information from XListFonts. The data |
| 4872 | we actually retain comes from XLoadQueryFont. */ |
| 4873 | XFreeFontNames (font_names); |
| 4874 | |
| 4875 | return lispy_name; |
| 4876 | } |
| 4877 | } |
| 4878 | \f |
| 4879 | /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F |
| 4880 | from its current recorded position values and gravity. */ |
| 4881 | |
| 4882 | x_calc_absolute_position (f) |
| 4883 | struct frame *f; |
| 4884 | { |
| 4885 | Window win, child; |
| 4886 | int win_x = 0, win_y = 0; |
| 4887 | int flags = f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags; |
| 4888 | int this_window; |
| 4889 | |
| 4890 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 4891 | this_window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 4892 | #else |
| 4893 | this_window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 4894 | #endif |
| 4895 | |
| 4896 | /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of |
| 4897 | the inner window, with respect to the outer window. */ |
| 4898 | if (f->output_data.x->parent_desc != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window) |
| 4899 | { |
| 4900 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4901 | XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 4902 | |
| 4903 | /* From-window, to-window. */ |
| 4904 | this_window, |
| 4905 | f->output_data.x->parent_desc, |
| 4906 | |
| 4907 | /* From-position, to-position. */ |
| 4908 | 0, 0, &win_x, &win_y, |
| 4909 | |
| 4910 | /* Child of win. */ |
| 4911 | &child); |
| 4912 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4913 | } |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 | /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost |
| 4916 | position that fits on the screen. */ |
| 4917 | if (flags & XNegative) |
| 4918 | f->output_data.x->left_pos = (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width |
| 4919 | - 2 * f->output_data.x->border_width - win_x |
| 4920 | - PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
| 4921 | + f->output_data.x->left_pos); |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 | if (flags & YNegative) |
| 4924 | /* We used to subtract f->output_data.x->menubar_height here |
| 4925 | in the toolkit case, but PIXEL_HEIGHT already includes that. */ |
| 4926 | f->output_data.x->top_pos = (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height |
| 4927 | - 2 * f->output_data.x->border_width - win_y |
| 4928 | - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) |
| 4929 | + f->output_data.x->top_pos); |
| 4930 | |
| 4931 | /* The left_pos and top_pos |
| 4932 | are now relative to the top and left screen edges, |
| 4933 | so the flags should correspond. */ |
| 4934 | f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); |
| 4935 | } |
| 4936 | |
| 4937 | /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position, |
| 4938 | to really change the position, and 0 when calling from |
| 4939 | x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current |
| 4940 | position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters, |
| 4941 | which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */ |
| 4942 | |
| 4943 | x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity) |
| 4944 | struct frame *f; |
| 4945 | register int xoff, yoff; |
| 4946 | int change_gravity; |
| 4947 | { |
| 4948 | int modified_top, modified_left; |
| 4949 | |
| 4950 | if (change_gravity > 0) |
| 4951 | { |
| 4952 | f->output_data.x->top_pos = yoff; |
| 4953 | f->output_data.x->left_pos = xoff; |
| 4954 | f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); |
| 4955 | if (xoff < 0) |
| 4956 | f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags |= XNegative; |
| 4957 | if (yoff < 0) |
| 4958 | f->output_data.x->size_hint_flags |= YNegative; |
| 4959 | f->output_data.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 4960 | } |
| 4961 | x_calc_absolute_position (f); |
| 4962 | |
| 4963 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4964 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); |
| 4965 | |
| 4966 | /* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here |
| 4967 | when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */ |
| 4968 | modified_left = f->output_data.x->left_pos; |
| 4969 | modified_top = f->output_data.x->top_pos; |
| 4970 | if (change_gravity != 0) |
| 4971 | { |
| 4972 | modified_left += f->output_data.x->border_width; |
| 4973 | modified_top += f->output_data.x->border_width; |
| 4974 | } |
| 4975 | |
| 4976 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 4977 | XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget), |
| 4978 | modified_left, modified_top); |
| 4979 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 4980 | XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 4981 | modified_left, modified_top); |
| 4982 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 4983 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4984 | } |
| 4985 | |
| 4986 | /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window. |
| 4987 | If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity |
| 4988 | for this size change and subsequent size changes. |
| 4989 | Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */ |
| 4990 | |
| 4991 | x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows) |
| 4992 | struct frame *f; |
| 4993 | int change_gravity; |
| 4994 | int cols, rows; |
| 4995 | { |
| 4996 | int pixelwidth, pixelheight; |
| 4997 | int mask; |
| 4998 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 4999 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 5000 | |
| 5001 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5002 | |
| 5003 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5004 | { |
| 5005 | /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the |
| 5006 | call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize. |
| 5007 | This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't |
| 5008 | figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */ |
| 5009 | int xpos = f->output_data.x->widget->core.x; |
| 5010 | int ypos = f->output_data.x->widget->core.y; |
| 5011 | EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f->output_data.x->edit_widget, cols, rows); |
| 5012 | f->output_data.x->widget->core.x = xpos; |
| 5013 | f->output_data.x->widget->core.y = ypos; |
| 5014 | } |
| 5015 | |
| 5016 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5017 | |
| 5018 | check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols); |
| 5019 | f->output_data.x->vertical_scroll_bar_extra |
| 5020 | = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f) |
| 5021 | ? 0 |
| 5022 | : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0 |
| 5023 | ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
| 5024 | : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font))); |
| 5025 | pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols); |
| 5026 | pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows); |
| 5027 | |
| 5028 | f->output_data.x->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 5029 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); |
| 5030 | |
| 5031 | XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), False); |
| 5032 | XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 5033 | pixelwidth, pixelheight); |
| 5034 | |
| 5035 | /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate, |
| 5036 | but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size |
| 5037 | change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the |
| 5038 | ConfigureNotify event gets here. |
| 5039 | |
| 5040 | We could just not bother storing any of this information here, |
| 5041 | and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that |
| 5042 | might be kind of confusing to the lisp code, since size changes |
| 5043 | wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random |
| 5044 | point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives. */ |
| 5045 | change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 0); |
| 5046 | PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth; |
| 5047 | PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight; |
| 5048 | |
| 5049 | /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to |
| 5050 | receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked |
| 5051 | for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so |
| 5052 | we have to make sure to do it here. */ |
| 5053 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 5054 | |
| 5055 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 5056 | |
| 5057 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5058 | |
| 5059 | /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */ |
| 5060 | if (f->phys_cursor_y >= rows |
| 5061 | || f->phys_cursor_x >= cols) |
| 5062 | { |
| 5063 | f->phys_cursor_x = -1; |
| 5064 | f->phys_cursor_y = -1; |
| 5065 | } |
| 5066 | |
| 5067 | /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was, |
| 5068 | since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size. |
| 5069 | Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck, |
| 5070 | so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */ |
| 5071 | window = dpyinfo->mouse_face_window; |
| 5072 | if (! NILP (window) && XFRAME (window) == f) |
| 5073 | { |
| 5074 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 5075 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 5076 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 5077 | } |
| 5078 | |
| 5079 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5080 | } |
| 5081 | \f |
| 5082 | /* Mouse warping. */ |
| 5083 | |
| 5084 | void |
| 5085 | x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y) |
| 5086 | struct frame *f; |
| 5087 | int x, y; |
| 5088 | { |
| 5089 | int pix_x, pix_y; |
| 5090 | |
| 5091 | pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font) / 2; |
| 5092 | pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->output_data.x->line_height / 2; |
| 5093 | |
| 5094 | if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0; |
| 5095 | if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f); |
| 5096 | |
| 5097 | if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0; |
| 5098 | if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); |
| 5099 | |
| 5100 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5101 | |
| 5102 | XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), None, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 5103 | 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x, pix_y); |
| 5104 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5105 | } |
| 5106 | |
| 5107 | /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */ |
| 5108 | |
| 5109 | void |
| 5110 | x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y) |
| 5111 | struct frame *f; |
| 5112 | int pix_x, pix_y; |
| 5113 | { |
| 5114 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5115 | |
| 5116 | XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), None, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 5117 | 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x, pix_y); |
| 5118 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5119 | } |
| 5120 | \f |
| 5121 | /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */ |
| 5122 | |
| 5123 | x_focus_on_frame (f) |
| 5124 | struct frame *f; |
| 5125 | { |
| 5126 | #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */ |
| 5127 | x_raise_frame (f); |
| 5128 | #endif |
| 5129 | #if 0 |
| 5130 | /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this |
| 5131 | without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up |
| 5132 | doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */ |
| 5133 | XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 5134 | RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime); |
| 5135 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
| 5136 | } |
| 5137 | |
| 5138 | x_unfocus_frame (f) |
| 5139 | struct frame *f; |
| 5140 | { |
| 5141 | #if 0 |
| 5142 | /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */ |
| 5143 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_focus_frame == f) |
| 5144 | XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), PointerRoot, |
| 5145 | RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime); |
| 5146 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
| 5147 | } |
| 5148 | |
| 5149 | /* Raise frame F. */ |
| 5150 | |
| 5151 | x_raise_frame (f) |
| 5152 | struct frame *f; |
| 5153 | { |
| 5154 | if (f->async_visible) |
| 5155 | { |
| 5156 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5157 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5158 | XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget)); |
| 5159 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5160 | XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
| 5161 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5162 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 5163 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5164 | } |
| 5165 | } |
| 5166 | |
| 5167 | /* Lower frame F. */ |
| 5168 | |
| 5169 | x_lower_frame (f) |
| 5170 | struct frame *f; |
| 5171 | { |
| 5172 | if (f->async_visible) |
| 5173 | { |
| 5174 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5175 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5176 | XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget)); |
| 5177 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5178 | XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
| 5179 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5180 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 5181 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5182 | } |
| 5183 | } |
| 5184 | |
| 5185 | static void |
| 5186 | XTframe_raise_lower (f, raise_flag) |
| 5187 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 5188 | int raise_flag; |
| 5189 | { |
| 5190 | if (raise_flag) |
| 5191 | x_raise_frame (f); |
| 5192 | else |
| 5193 | x_lower_frame (f); |
| 5194 | } |
| 5195 | \f |
| 5196 | /* Change of visibility. */ |
| 5197 | |
| 5198 | /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible. |
| 5199 | However, if the window manager asks the user where to position |
| 5200 | the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that. |
| 5201 | The frame will not actually be visible at that time, |
| 5202 | but it will become visible later when the window manager |
| 5203 | finishes with it. */ |
| 5204 | |
| 5205 | x_make_frame_visible (f) |
| 5206 | struct frame *f; |
| 5207 | { |
| 5208 | int mask; |
| 5209 | Lisp_Object type; |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5212 | |
| 5213 | type = x_icon_type (f); |
| 5214 | if (!NILP (type)) |
| 5215 | x_bitmap_icon (f, type); |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
| 5218 | { |
| 5219 | /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't |
| 5220 | call x_set_offset a second time |
| 5221 | if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time |
| 5222 | before the window gets really visible. */ |
| 5223 | if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) |
| 5224 | && ! f->output_data.x->asked_for_visible) |
| 5225 | x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.x->left_pos, f->output_data.x->top_pos, 0); |
| 5226 | |
| 5227 | f->output_data.x->asked_for_visible = 1; |
| 5228 | |
| 5229 | if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt)) |
| 5230 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, NormalState); |
| 5231 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5232 | /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */ |
| 5233 | XtMapWidget (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 5234 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5235 | XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
| 5236 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5237 | #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places |
| 5238 | if the window configuration has changed. They seem |
| 5239 | to come back ok without this. */ |
| 5240 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
| 5241 | XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
| 5242 | #endif |
| 5243 | } |
| 5244 | |
| 5245 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 5246 | |
| 5247 | /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible |
| 5248 | before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked |
| 5249 | so that incoming events are handled. */ |
| 5250 | { |
| 5251 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 5252 | int count = input_signal_count; |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 | /* This must come after we set COUNT. */ |
| 5255 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5256 | |
| 5257 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 | while (1) |
| 5260 | { |
| 5261 | x_sync (f); |
| 5262 | /* Once we have handled input events, |
| 5263 | we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming. |
| 5264 | So if we have not got it yet, stop looping. |
| 5265 | Some window managers make their own decisions |
| 5266 | about visibility. */ |
| 5267 | if (input_signal_count != count) |
| 5268 | break; |
| 5269 | /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed |
| 5270 | to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal |
| 5271 | to let the handler know that there's something to be read. |
| 5272 | We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler |
| 5273 | isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */ |
| 5274 | if (input_polling_used ()) |
| 5275 | { |
| 5276 | /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing |
| 5277 | the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */ |
| 5278 | alarm (0); |
| 5279 | input_poll_signal (); |
| 5280 | } |
| 5281 | /* Once we have handled input events, |
| 5282 | we should have received the MapNotify if one is coming. |
| 5283 | So if we have not got it yet, stop looping. |
| 5284 | Some window managers make their own decisions |
| 5285 | about visibility. */ |
| 5286 | if (input_signal_count != count) |
| 5287 | break; |
| 5288 | } |
| 5289 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f); |
| 5290 | } |
| 5291 | } |
| 5292 | |
| 5293 | /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */ |
| 5294 | |
| 5295 | /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */ |
| 5296 | |
| 5297 | x_make_frame_invisible (f) |
| 5298 | struct frame *f; |
| 5299 | { |
| 5300 | int mask; |
| 5301 | Window window; |
| 5302 | |
| 5303 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5304 | /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */ |
| 5305 | window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 5306 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5307 | window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 5308 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5309 | |
| 5310 | /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ |
| 5311 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f) |
| 5312 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 5313 | |
| 5314 | #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */ |
| 5315 | if (! f->async_visible && ! f->async_iconified) |
| 5316 | return; |
| 5317 | #endif |
| 5318 | |
| 5319 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5320 | |
| 5321 | /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim |
| 5322 | that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than |
| 5323 | program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be |
| 5324 | placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it |
| 5325 | by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */ |
| 5326 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 1); |
| 5327 | |
| 5328 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 5329 | |
| 5330 | if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, |
| 5331 | DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)))) |
| 5332 | { |
| 5333 | UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL; |
| 5334 | error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal"); |
| 5335 | } |
| 5336 | #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */ |
| 5337 | |
| 5338 | /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */ |
| 5339 | if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt)) |
| 5340 | { |
| 5341 | XEvent unmap; |
| 5342 | |
| 5343 | unmap.xunmap.type = UnmapNotify; |
| 5344 | unmap.xunmap.window = window; |
| 5345 | unmap.xunmap.event = DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 5346 | unmap.xunmap.from_configure = False; |
| 5347 | if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 5348 | DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)), |
| 5349 | False, |
| 5350 | SubstructureRedirectMask|SubstructureNotifyMask, |
| 5351 | &unmap)) |
| 5352 | { |
| 5353 | UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL; |
| 5354 | error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal"); |
| 5355 | } |
| 5356 | } |
| 5357 | |
| 5358 | /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */ |
| 5359 | XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window); |
| 5360 | #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */ |
| 5361 | |
| 5362 | /* We can't distinguish this from iconification |
| 5363 | just by the event that we get from the server. |
| 5364 | So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting |
| 5365 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand, |
| 5366 | and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */ |
| 5367 | f->visible = 0; |
| 5368 | FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0; |
| 5369 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 5370 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 5371 | |
| 5372 | x_sync (f); |
| 5373 | |
| 5374 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5375 | } |
| 5376 | |
| 5377 | /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */ |
| 5378 | |
| 5379 | x_iconify_frame (f) |
| 5380 | struct frame *f; |
| 5381 | { |
| 5382 | int mask; |
| 5383 | int result; |
| 5384 | Lisp_Object type; |
| 5385 | |
| 5386 | /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ |
| 5387 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f) |
| 5388 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 5389 | |
| 5390 | if (f->async_iconified) |
| 5391 | return; |
| 5392 | |
| 5393 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5394 | |
| 5395 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f); |
| 5396 | |
| 5397 | type = x_icon_type (f); |
| 5398 | if (!NILP (type)) |
| 5399 | x_bitmap_icon (f, type); |
| 5400 | |
| 5401 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5402 | |
| 5403 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
| 5404 | { |
| 5405 | if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt)) |
| 5406 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, IconicState); |
| 5407 | /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */ |
| 5408 | XtMapWidget (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 5409 | /* The server won't give us any event to indicate |
| 5410 | that an invisible frame was changed to an icon, |
| 5411 | so we have to record it here. */ |
| 5412 | f->iconified = 1; |
| 5413 | f->async_iconified = 1; |
| 5414 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5415 | return; |
| 5416 | } |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 | result = XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 5419 | XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget), |
| 5420 | DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f))); |
| 5421 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 | if (!result) |
| 5424 | error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification"); |
| 5425 | |
| 5426 | f->async_iconified = 1; |
| 5427 | |
| 5428 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5429 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 5430 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5431 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5432 | |
| 5433 | /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned, |
| 5434 | in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */ |
| 5435 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)) |
| 5436 | x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.x->left_pos, f->output_data.x->top_pos, 0); |
| 5437 | |
| 5438 | /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both |
| 5439 | the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */ |
| 5440 | |
| 5441 | /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the |
| 5442 | WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */ |
| 5443 | { |
| 5444 | XEvent message; |
| 5445 | |
| 5446 | message.xclient.window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 5447 | message.xclient.type = ClientMessage; |
| 5448 | message.xclient.message_type = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->Xatom_wm_change_state; |
| 5449 | message.xclient.format = 32; |
| 5450 | message.xclient.data.l[0] = IconicState; |
| 5451 | |
| 5452 | if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 5453 | DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)), |
| 5454 | False, |
| 5455 | SubstructureRedirectMask | SubstructureNotifyMask, |
| 5456 | &message)) |
| 5457 | { |
| 5458 | UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL; |
| 5459 | error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification"); |
| 5460 | } |
| 5461 | } |
| 5462 | |
| 5463 | /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to |
| 5464 | IconicState. */ |
| 5465 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, IconicState); |
| 5466 | |
| 5467 | if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
| 5468 | { |
| 5469 | /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */ |
| 5470 | XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
| 5471 | } |
| 5472 | |
| 5473 | f->async_iconified = 1; |
| 5474 | |
| 5475 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 5476 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5477 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5478 | } |
| 5479 | \f |
| 5480 | /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */ |
| 5481 | |
| 5482 | x_destroy_window (f) |
| 5483 | struct frame *f; |
| 5484 | { |
| 5485 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 5486 | |
| 5487 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5488 | |
| 5489 | /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more |
| 5490 | commands to the X server. */ |
| 5491 | if (dpyinfo->display != 0) |
| 5492 | { |
| 5493 | if (f->output_data.x->icon_desc != 0) |
| 5494 | XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->icon_desc); |
| 5495 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 5496 | if (FRAME_XIM (f)) |
| 5497 | { |
| 5498 | XDestroyIC (FRAME_XIC (f)); |
| 5499 | #if ! defined (SOLARIS2) || defined (HAVE_X11R6) |
| 5500 | /* This line causes crashes on Solaris with Openwin, |
| 5501 | due to an apparent bug in XCloseIM. |
| 5502 | X11R6 seems not to have the bug. */ |
| 5503 | XCloseIM (FRAME_XIM (f)); |
| 5504 | #endif |
| 5505 | } |
| 5506 | #endif |
| 5507 | XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->window_desc); |
| 5508 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5509 | XtDestroyWidget (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 5510 | free_frame_menubar (f); |
| 5511 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5512 | |
| 5513 | free_frame_faces (f); |
| 5514 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 5515 | } |
| 5516 | |
| 5517 | xfree (f->output_data.x); |
| 5518 | f->output_data.x = 0; |
| 5519 | if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 5520 | dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0; |
| 5521 | if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame) |
| 5522 | dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 5523 | if (f == dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame) |
| 5524 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 | dpyinfo->reference_count--; |
| 5527 | |
| 5528 | if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 5529 | { |
| 5530 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 5531 | = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 5532 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 5533 | = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 5534 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 5535 | } |
| 5536 | |
| 5537 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5538 | } |
| 5539 | \f |
| 5540 | /* Setting window manager hints. */ |
| 5541 | |
| 5542 | /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F. |
| 5543 | FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags |
| 5544 | that the window now has. |
| 5545 | If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition |
| 5546 | flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */ |
| 5547 | |
| 5548 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position) |
| 5549 | struct frame *f; |
| 5550 | long flags; |
| 5551 | int user_position; |
| 5552 | { |
| 5553 | XSizeHints size_hints; |
| 5554 | |
| 5555 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5556 | Arg al[2]; |
| 5557 | int ac = 0; |
| 5558 | Dimension widget_width, widget_height; |
| 5559 | Window window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 5560 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5561 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 5562 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5563 | |
| 5564 | /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */ |
| 5565 | size_hints.flags = PResizeInc | PMinSize /* | PMaxSize */; |
| 5566 | |
| 5567 | flexlines = f->height; |
| 5568 | |
| 5569 | size_hints.x = f->output_data.x->left_pos; |
| 5570 | size_hints.y = f->output_data.x->top_pos; |
| 5571 | |
| 5572 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5573 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNwidth, &widget_width); ac++; |
| 5574 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNheight, &widget_height); ac++; |
| 5575 | XtGetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, ac); |
| 5576 | size_hints.height = widget_height; |
| 5577 | size_hints.width = widget_width; |
| 5578 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5579 | size_hints.height = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); |
| 5580 | size_hints.width = PIXEL_WIDTH (f); |
| 5581 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5582 | |
| 5583 | size_hints.width_inc = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.x->font); |
| 5584 | size_hints.height_inc = f->output_data.x->line_height; |
| 5585 | size_hints.max_width |
| 5586 | = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width - CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); |
| 5587 | size_hints.max_height |
| 5588 | = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height - CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0); |
| 5589 | |
| 5590 | /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. |
| 5591 | |
| 5592 | (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here. |
| 5593 | Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */ |
| 5594 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5595 | { |
| 5596 | int base_width, base_height; |
| 5597 | int min_rows = 0, min_cols = 0; |
| 5598 | |
| 5599 | base_width = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); |
| 5600 | base_height = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0); |
| 5601 | |
| 5602 | check_frame_size (f, &min_rows, &min_cols); |
| 5603 | |
| 5604 | /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the |
| 5605 | current number of rows and columns in the frame while |
| 5606 | resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this |
| 5607 | purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a |
| 5608 | zero-row, zero-column frame. |
| 5609 | |
| 5610 | We use the base_width and base_height members if we have |
| 5611 | them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members |
| 5612 | to the size for a zero x zero frame. */ |
| 5613 | |
| 5614 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 5615 | size_hints.flags |= PBaseSize; |
| 5616 | size_hints.base_width = base_width; |
| 5617 | size_hints.base_height = base_height; |
| 5618 | size_hints.min_width = base_width + min_cols * size_hints.width_inc; |
| 5619 | size_hints.min_height = base_height + min_rows * size_hints.height_inc; |
| 5620 | #else |
| 5621 | size_hints.min_width = base_width; |
| 5622 | size_hints.min_height = base_height; |
| 5623 | #endif |
| 5624 | } |
| 5625 | |
| 5626 | /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */ |
| 5627 | if (flags) |
| 5628 | { |
| 5629 | size_hints.flags |= flags; |
| 5630 | goto no_read; |
| 5631 | } |
| 5632 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5633 | |
| 5634 | { |
| 5635 | XSizeHints hints; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */ |
| 5636 | long supplied_return; |
| 5637 | int value; |
| 5638 | |
| 5639 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 5640 | value = XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &hints, |
| 5641 | &supplied_return); |
| 5642 | #else |
| 5643 | value = XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &hints); |
| 5644 | #endif |
| 5645 | |
| 5646 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5647 | size_hints.base_height = hints.base_height; |
| 5648 | size_hints.base_width = hints.base_width; |
| 5649 | size_hints.min_height = hints.min_height; |
| 5650 | size_hints.min_width = hints.min_width; |
| 5651 | #endif |
| 5652 | |
| 5653 | if (flags) |
| 5654 | size_hints.flags |= flags; |
| 5655 | else |
| 5656 | { |
| 5657 | if (value == 0) |
| 5658 | hints.flags = 0; |
| 5659 | if (hints.flags & PSize) |
| 5660 | size_hints.flags |= PSize; |
| 5661 | if (hints.flags & PPosition) |
| 5662 | size_hints.flags |= PPosition; |
| 5663 | if (hints.flags & USPosition) |
| 5664 | size_hints.flags |= USPosition; |
| 5665 | if (hints.flags & USSize) |
| 5666 | size_hints.flags |= USSize; |
| 5667 | } |
| 5668 | } |
| 5669 | |
| 5670 | no_read: |
| 5671 | |
| 5672 | #ifdef PWinGravity |
| 5673 | size_hints.win_gravity = f->output_data.x->win_gravity; |
| 5674 | size_hints.flags |= PWinGravity; |
| 5675 | |
| 5676 | if (user_position) |
| 5677 | { |
| 5678 | size_hints.flags &= ~ PPosition; |
| 5679 | size_hints.flags |= USPosition; |
| 5680 | } |
| 5681 | #endif /* PWinGravity */ |
| 5682 | |
| 5683 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 5684 | XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &size_hints); |
| 5685 | #else |
| 5686 | XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &size_hints); |
| 5687 | #endif |
| 5688 | } |
| 5689 | |
| 5690 | /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */ |
| 5691 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, state) |
| 5692 | struct frame *f; |
| 5693 | int state; |
| 5694 | { |
| 5695 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5696 | Arg al[1]; |
| 5697 | |
| 5698 | XtSetArg (al[0], XtNinitialState, state); |
| 5699 | XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1); |
| 5700 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5701 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 5702 | |
| 5703 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= StateHint; |
| 5704 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.initial_state = state; |
| 5705 | |
| 5706 | XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints); |
| 5707 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5708 | } |
| 5709 | |
| 5710 | x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, pixmap_id) |
| 5711 | struct frame *f; |
| 5712 | int pixmap_id; |
| 5713 | { |
| 5714 | Pixmap icon_pixmap; |
| 5715 | |
| 5716 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5717 | Window window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 5718 | #else |
| 5719 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 5720 | #endif |
| 5721 | |
| 5722 | if (pixmap_id > 0) |
| 5723 | { |
| 5724 | icon_pixmap = x_bitmap_pixmap (f, pixmap_id); |
| 5725 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = icon_pixmap; |
| 5726 | } |
| 5727 | else |
| 5728 | { |
| 5729 | /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap. |
| 5730 | The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created, |
| 5731 | for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes. |
| 5732 | Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case, |
| 5733 | but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the |
| 5734 | right thing at all. Since there is no way to win, |
| 5735 | best to explicitly give up. */ |
| 5736 | #if 0 |
| 5737 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = None; |
| 5738 | #else |
| 5739 | return; |
| 5740 | #endif |
| 5741 | } |
| 5742 | |
| 5743 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */ |
| 5744 | |
| 5745 | { |
| 5746 | Arg al[1]; |
| 5747 | XtSetArg (al[0], XtNiconPixmap, icon_pixmap); |
| 5748 | XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1); |
| 5749 | } |
| 5750 | |
| 5751 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5752 | |
| 5753 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPixmapHint; |
| 5754 | XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints); |
| 5755 | |
| 5756 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5757 | } |
| 5758 | |
| 5759 | x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y) |
| 5760 | struct frame *f; |
| 5761 | int icon_x, icon_y; |
| 5762 | { |
| 5763 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5764 | Window window = XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 5765 | #else |
| 5766 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 5767 | #endif |
| 5768 | |
| 5769 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint; |
| 5770 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x; |
| 5771 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y; |
| 5772 | |
| 5773 | XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints); |
| 5774 | } |
| 5775 | |
| 5776 | \f |
| 5777 | /* Initialization. */ |
| 5778 | |
| 5779 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5780 | static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = { |
| 5781 | {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, |
| 5782 | {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"}, |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 | {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", |
| 5785 | XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, |
| 5786 | {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, |
| 5787 | |
| 5788 | {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 5789 | {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 5790 | {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 5791 | {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 5792 | {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 5793 | {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 5794 | {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL} |
| 5795 | }; |
| 5796 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5797 | |
| 5798 | static int x_initialized; |
| 5799 | |
| 5800 | #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD |
| 5801 | /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates |
| 5802 | the screen number from the server number. */ |
| 5803 | static int |
| 5804 | same_x_server (name1, name2) |
| 5805 | char *name1, *name2; |
| 5806 | { |
| 5807 | int seen_colon = 0; |
| 5808 | for (; *name1 != '\0' && *name1 == *name2; name1++, name2++) |
| 5809 | { |
| 5810 | if (*name1 == ':') |
| 5811 | seen_colon++; |
| 5812 | if (seen_colon && *name1 == '.') |
| 5813 | return 1; |
| 5814 | } |
| 5815 | return (seen_colon |
| 5816 | && (*name1 == '.' || *name1 == '\0') |
| 5817 | && (*name2 == '.' || *name2 == '\0')); |
| 5818 | } |
| 5819 | #endif |
| 5820 | |
| 5821 | struct x_display_info * |
| 5822 | x_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name) |
| 5823 | Lisp_Object display_name; |
| 5824 | char *xrm_option; |
| 5825 | char *resource_name; |
| 5826 | { |
| 5827 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 5828 | char *defaultvalue; |
| 5829 | int connection; |
| 5830 | Display *dpy; |
| 5831 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 5832 | XrmDatabase xrdb; |
| 5833 | |
| 5834 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5835 | |
| 5836 | if (!x_initialized) |
| 5837 | { |
| 5838 | x_initialize (); |
| 5839 | x_initialized = 1; |
| 5840 | } |
| 5841 | |
| 5842 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 5843 | setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); |
| 5844 | /* In case we just overrode what init_lread did, redo it. */ |
| 5845 | setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "C"); |
| 5846 | setlocale (LC_TIME, "C"); |
| 5847 | #endif |
| 5848 | |
| 5849 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5850 | /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes |
| 5851 | errors with X11R5: |
| 5852 | X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter) |
| 5853 | on protocol request 18skiloaf. |
| 5854 | So let's not use it until R6. */ |
| 5855 | #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6 |
| 5856 | XtSetLanguageProc (NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| 5857 | #endif |
| 5858 | |
| 5859 | { |
| 5860 | int argc = 0; |
| 5861 | char *argv[3]; |
| 5862 | |
| 5863 | argv[0] = ""; |
| 5864 | argc = 1; |
| 5865 | if (xrm_option) |
| 5866 | { |
| 5867 | argv[argc++] = "-xrm"; |
| 5868 | argv[argc++] = xrm_option; |
| 5869 | } |
| 5870 | dpy = XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con, XSTRING (display_name)->data, |
| 5871 | resource_name, EMACS_CLASS, |
| 5872 | emacs_options, XtNumber (emacs_options), |
| 5873 | &argc, argv); |
| 5874 | |
| 5875 | #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6 |
| 5876 | /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */ |
| 5877 | setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "C"); |
| 5878 | setlocale (LC_TIME, "C"); |
| 5879 | #endif |
| 5880 | } |
| 5881 | |
| 5882 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5883 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 |
| 5884 | XSetLocaleModifiers (""); |
| 5885 | #endif |
| 5886 | dpy = XOpenDisplay (XSTRING (display_name)->data); |
| 5887 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5888 | |
| 5889 | /* Detect failure. */ |
| 5890 | if (dpy == 0) |
| 5891 | { |
| 5892 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5893 | return 0; |
| 5894 | } |
| 5895 | |
| 5896 | /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */ |
| 5897 | |
| 5898 | dpyinfo = (struct x_display_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info)); |
| 5899 | |
| 5900 | #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD |
| 5901 | { |
| 5902 | struct x_display_info *share; |
| 5903 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 5904 | |
| 5905 | for (share = x_display_list, tail = x_display_name_list; share; |
| 5906 | share = share->next, tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr) |
| 5907 | if (same_x_server (XSTRING (XCONS (XCONS (tail)->car)->car)->data, |
| 5908 | XSTRING (display_name)->data)) |
| 5909 | break; |
| 5910 | if (share) |
| 5911 | dpyinfo->kboard = share->kboard; |
| 5912 | else |
| 5913 | { |
| 5914 | dpyinfo->kboard = (KBOARD *) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD)); |
| 5915 | init_kboard (dpyinfo->kboard); |
| 5916 | if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms)->function, Qunbound)) |
| 5917 | { |
| 5918 | char *vendor = ServerVendor (dpy); |
| 5919 | dpyinfo->kboard->Vsystem_key_alist |
| 5920 | = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms, |
| 5921 | build_string (vendor ? vendor : "")); |
| 5922 | } |
| 5923 | |
| 5924 | dpyinfo->kboard->next_kboard = all_kboards; |
| 5925 | all_kboards = dpyinfo->kboard; |
| 5926 | /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary. |
| 5927 | That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to |
| 5928 | prompt in the minibuffer. */ |
| 5929 | if (current_kboard == initial_kboard) |
| 5930 | current_kboard = dpyinfo->kboard; |
| 5931 | } |
| 5932 | dpyinfo->kboard->reference_count++; |
| 5933 | } |
| 5934 | #endif |
| 5935 | |
| 5936 | /* Put this display on the chain. */ |
| 5937 | dpyinfo->next = x_display_list; |
| 5938 | x_display_list = dpyinfo; |
| 5939 | |
| 5940 | /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */ |
| 5941 | x_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil), |
| 5942 | x_display_name_list); |
| 5943 | dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCONS (x_display_name_list)->car; |
| 5944 | |
| 5945 | dpyinfo->display = dpy; |
| 5946 | |
| 5947 | #if 0 |
| 5948 | XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display, x_trace_wire); |
| 5949 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
| 5950 | |
| 5951 | dpyinfo->x_id_name |
| 5952 | = (char *) xmalloc (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->size |
| 5953 | + XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->size |
| 5954 | + 2); |
| 5955 | sprintf (dpyinfo->x_id_name, "%s@%s", |
| 5956 | XSTRING (Vinvocation_name)->data, XSTRING (Vsystem_name)->data); |
| 5957 | |
| 5958 | /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */ |
| 5959 | x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo); |
| 5960 | |
| 5961 | /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */ |
| 5962 | dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor |
| 5963 | = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo->display, XC_sb_v_double_arrow); |
| 5964 | |
| 5965 | xrdb = x_load_resources (dpyinfo->display, xrm_option, |
| 5966 | resource_name, EMACS_CLASS); |
| 5967 | #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE |
| 5968 | XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo->display, xrdb); |
| 5969 | #else |
| 5970 | dpyinfo->display->db = xrdb; |
| 5971 | #endif |
| 5972 | /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on |
| 5973 | all versions. */ |
| 5974 | dpyinfo->xrdb = xrdb; |
| 5975 | |
| 5976 | dpyinfo->screen = ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo->display, |
| 5977 | DefaultScreen (dpyinfo->display)); |
| 5978 | dpyinfo->visual = select_visual (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->screen, |
| 5979 | &dpyinfo->n_planes); |
| 5980 | dpyinfo->height = HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen); |
| 5981 | dpyinfo->width = WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen); |
| 5982 | dpyinfo->root_window = RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen); |
| 5983 | dpyinfo->grabbed = 0; |
| 5984 | dpyinfo->reference_count = 0; |
| 5985 | dpyinfo->icon_bitmap_id = -1; |
| 5986 | dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0; |
| 5987 | dpyinfo->font_table_size = 0; |
| 5988 | dpyinfo->bitmaps = 0; |
| 5989 | dpyinfo->bitmaps_size = 0; |
| 5990 | dpyinfo->bitmaps_last = 0; |
| 5991 | dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc = 0; |
| 5992 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; |
| 5993 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; |
| 5994 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 5995 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 5996 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = 0; |
| 5997 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 5998 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = 0; |
| 5999 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer = 0; |
| 6000 | dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0; |
| 6001 | dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 6002 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 6003 | |
| 6004 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_protocols |
| 6005 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False); |
| 6006 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_take_focus |
| 6007 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False); |
| 6008 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_save_yourself |
| 6009 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False); |
| 6010 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_delete_window |
| 6011 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False); |
| 6012 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_change_state |
| 6013 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False); |
| 6014 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_configure_denied |
| 6015 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False); |
| 6016 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_window_moved |
| 6017 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_MOVED", False); |
| 6018 | dpyinfo->Xatom_editres |
| 6019 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "Editres", False); |
| 6020 | dpyinfo->Xatom_CLIPBOARD |
| 6021 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "CLIPBOARD", False); |
| 6022 | dpyinfo->Xatom_TIMESTAMP |
| 6023 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "TIMESTAMP", False); |
| 6024 | dpyinfo->Xatom_TEXT |
| 6025 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "TEXT", False); |
| 6026 | dpyinfo->Xatom_DELETE |
| 6027 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "DELETE", False); |
| 6028 | dpyinfo->Xatom_MULTIPLE |
| 6029 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "MULTIPLE", False); |
| 6030 | dpyinfo->Xatom_INCR |
| 6031 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "INCR", False); |
| 6032 | dpyinfo->Xatom_EMACS_TMP |
| 6033 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_EMACS_TMP_", False); |
| 6034 | dpyinfo->Xatom_TARGETS |
| 6035 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "TARGETS", False); |
| 6036 | dpyinfo->Xatom_NULL |
| 6037 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "NULL", False); |
| 6038 | dpyinfo->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR |
| 6039 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "ATOM_PAIR", False); |
| 6040 | |
| 6041 | dpyinfo->cut_buffers_initialized = 0; |
| 6042 | |
| 6043 | connection = ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo->display); |
| 6044 | dpyinfo->connection = connection; |
| 6045 | |
| 6046 | #ifdef subprocesses |
| 6047 | /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */ |
| 6048 | if (connection != 0) |
| 6049 | add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection); |
| 6050 | #endif |
| 6051 | |
| 6052 | #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG |
| 6053 | #ifdef F_SETOWN |
| 6054 | #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG |
| 6055 | /* stdin is a socket here */ |
| 6056 | fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ()); |
| 6057 | #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */ |
| 6058 | fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ()); |
| 6059 | #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */ |
| 6060 | #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */ |
| 6061 | #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */ |
| 6062 | |
| 6063 | #ifdef SIGIO |
| 6064 | if (interrupt_input) |
| 6065 | init_sigio (connection); |
| 6066 | #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */ |
| 6067 | |
| 6068 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 6069 | |
| 6070 | return dpyinfo; |
| 6071 | } |
| 6072 | \f |
| 6073 | /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone, |
| 6074 | and without sending any more commands to the X server. */ |
| 6075 | |
| 6076 | void |
| 6077 | x_delete_display (dpyinfo) |
| 6078 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 6079 | { |
| 6080 | delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo->connection); |
| 6081 | |
| 6082 | /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list. |
| 6083 | We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */ |
| 6084 | if (! NILP (x_display_name_list) |
| 6085 | && EQ (XCONS (x_display_name_list)->car, dpyinfo->name_list_element)) |
| 6086 | x_display_name_list = XCONS (x_display_name_list)->cdr; |
| 6087 | else |
| 6088 | { |
| 6089 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 6090 | |
| 6091 | tail = x_display_name_list; |
| 6092 | while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCONS (tail)->cdr)) |
| 6093 | { |
| 6094 | if (EQ (XCONS (XCONS (tail)->cdr)->car, |
| 6095 | dpyinfo->name_list_element)) |
| 6096 | { |
| 6097 | XCONS (tail)->cdr = XCONS (XCONS (tail)->cdr)->cdr; |
| 6098 | break; |
| 6099 | } |
| 6100 | tail = XCONS (tail)->cdr; |
| 6101 | } |
| 6102 | } |
| 6103 | |
| 6104 | if (x_display_list == dpyinfo) |
| 6105 | x_display_list = dpyinfo->next; |
| 6106 | else |
| 6107 | { |
| 6108 | struct x_display_info *tail; |
| 6109 | |
| 6110 | for (tail = x_display_list; tail; tail = tail->next) |
| 6111 | if (tail->next == dpyinfo) |
| 6112 | tail->next = tail->next->next; |
| 6113 | } |
| 6114 | |
| 6115 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */ |
| 6116 | #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */ |
| 6117 | XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo->xrdb); |
| 6118 | #endif |
| 6119 | #endif |
| 6120 | #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD |
| 6121 | if (--dpyinfo->kboard->reference_count == 0) |
| 6122 | delete_kboard (dpyinfo->kboard); |
| 6123 | #endif |
| 6124 | xfree (dpyinfo->font_table); |
| 6125 | xfree (dpyinfo->x_id_name); |
| 6126 | xfree (dpyinfo); |
| 6127 | } |
| 6128 | \f |
| 6129 | /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */ |
| 6130 | |
| 6131 | x_initialize () |
| 6132 | { |
| 6133 | clear_frame_hook = XTclear_frame; |
| 6134 | clear_end_of_line_hook = XTclear_end_of_line; |
| 6135 | ins_del_lines_hook = XTins_del_lines; |
| 6136 | change_line_highlight_hook = XTchange_line_highlight; |
| 6137 | insert_glyphs_hook = XTinsert_glyphs; |
| 6138 | write_glyphs_hook = XTwrite_glyphs; |
| 6139 | delete_glyphs_hook = XTdelete_glyphs; |
| 6140 | ring_bell_hook = XTring_bell; |
| 6141 | reset_terminal_modes_hook = XTreset_terminal_modes; |
| 6142 | set_terminal_modes_hook = XTset_terminal_modes; |
| 6143 | update_begin_hook = XTupdate_begin; |
| 6144 | update_end_hook = XTupdate_end; |
| 6145 | set_terminal_window_hook = XTset_terminal_window; |
| 6146 | read_socket_hook = XTread_socket; |
| 6147 | frame_up_to_date_hook = XTframe_up_to_date; |
| 6148 | cursor_to_hook = XTcursor_to; |
| 6149 | reassert_line_highlight_hook = XTreassert_line_highlight; |
| 6150 | mouse_position_hook = XTmouse_position; |
| 6151 | frame_rehighlight_hook = XTframe_rehighlight; |
| 6152 | frame_raise_lower_hook = XTframe_raise_lower; |
| 6153 | set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = XTset_vertical_scroll_bar; |
| 6154 | condemn_scroll_bars_hook = XTcondemn_scroll_bars; |
| 6155 | redeem_scroll_bar_hook = XTredeem_scroll_bar; |
| 6156 | judge_scroll_bars_hook = XTjudge_scroll_bars; |
| 6157 | |
| 6158 | scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */ |
| 6159 | char_ins_del_ok = 0; /* just as fast to write the line */ |
| 6160 | line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */ |
| 6161 | fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */ |
| 6162 | memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls |
| 6163 | off the bottom */ |
| 6164 | baud_rate = 19200; |
| 6165 | |
| 6166 | x_noop_count = 0; |
| 6167 | |
| 6168 | /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */ |
| 6169 | Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil); |
| 6170 | |
| 6171 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 6172 | XtToolkitInitialize (); |
| 6173 | Xt_app_con = XtCreateApplicationContext (); |
| 6174 | XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con, Xt_default_resources); |
| 6175 | #endif |
| 6176 | |
| 6177 | /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the |
| 6178 | original error handler. */ |
| 6179 | XSetErrorHandler (x_error_quitter); |
| 6180 | XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter); |
| 6181 | |
| 6182 | /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */ |
| 6183 | #ifdef SIGWINCH |
| 6184 | signal (SIGWINCH, SIG_DFL); |
| 6185 | #endif /* ! defined (SIGWINCH) */ |
| 6186 | |
| 6187 | signal (SIGPIPE, x_connection_signal); |
| 6188 | } |
| 6189 | |
| 6190 | void |
| 6191 | syms_of_xterm () |
| 6192 | { |
| 6193 | staticpro (&x_display_name_list); |
| 6194 | x_display_name_list = Qnil; |
| 6195 | |
| 6196 | staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar); |
| 6197 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 6198 | |
| 6199 | staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms); |
| 6200 | Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms"); |
| 6201 | } |
| 6202 | |
| 6203 | #endif /* not HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |